TWI552375B - An optical semiconductor device and a method for manufacturing the same, and a silver surface treatment agent and a light emitting device - Google Patents
An optical semiconductor device and a method for manufacturing the same, and a silver surface treatment agent and a light emitting device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWI552375B TWI552375B TW103143340A TW103143340A TWI552375B TW I552375 B TWI552375 B TW I552375B TW 103143340 A TW103143340 A TW 103143340A TW 103143340 A TW103143340 A TW 103143340A TW I552375 B TWI552375 B TW I552375B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- layer
- light
- gas barrier
- silver
- barrier layer
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10H—INORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES HAVING POTENTIAL BARRIERS
- H10H20/00—Individual inorganic light-emitting semiconductor devices having potential barriers, e.g. light-emitting diodes [LED]
- H10H20/80—Constructional details
- H10H20/85—Packages
- H10H20/852—Encapsulations
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10H—INORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES HAVING POTENTIAL BARRIERS
- H10H20/00—Individual inorganic light-emitting semiconductor devices having potential barriers, e.g. light-emitting diodes [LED]
- H10H20/80—Constructional details
- H10H20/84—Coatings, e.g. passivation layers or antireflective coatings
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10H—INORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES HAVING POTENTIAL BARRIERS
- H10H20/00—Individual inorganic light-emitting semiconductor devices having potential barriers, e.g. light-emitting diodes [LED]
- H10H20/80—Constructional details
- H10H20/85—Packages
- H10H20/851—Wavelength conversion means
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10H—INORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES HAVING POTENTIAL BARRIERS
- H10H20/00—Individual inorganic light-emitting semiconductor devices having potential barriers, e.g. light-emitting diodes [LED]
- H10H20/80—Constructional details
- H10H20/85—Packages
- H10H20/852—Encapsulations
- H10H20/853—Encapsulations characterised by their shape
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10H—INORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES HAVING POTENTIAL BARRIERS
- H10H20/00—Individual inorganic light-emitting semiconductor devices having potential barriers, e.g. light-emitting diodes [LED]
- H10H20/80—Constructional details
- H10H20/85—Packages
- H10H20/852—Encapsulations
- H10H20/854—Encapsulations characterised by their material, e.g. epoxy or silicone resins
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10H—INORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES HAVING POTENTIAL BARRIERS
- H10H20/00—Individual inorganic light-emitting semiconductor devices having potential barriers, e.g. light-emitting diodes [LED]
- H10H20/80—Constructional details
- H10H20/85—Packages
- H10H20/855—Optical field-shaping means, e.g. lenses
- H10H20/856—Reflecting means
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10H—INORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES HAVING POTENTIAL BARRIERS
- H10H20/00—Individual inorganic light-emitting semiconductor devices having potential barriers, e.g. light-emitting diodes [LED]
- H10H20/80—Constructional details
- H10H20/85—Packages
- H10H20/857—Interconnections, e.g. lead-frames, bond wires or solder balls
-
- H10W72/01515—
-
- H10W72/075—
-
- H10W72/536—
-
- H10W72/5522—
-
- H10W72/884—
Landscapes
- Led Device Packages (AREA)
Description
本發明是關於接合有發光二極體之光半導體裝置及其製造方法、以及銀用表面處理劑及發光裝置。 The present invention relates to an optical semiconductor device to which a light-emitting diode is bonded, a method of manufacturing the same, and a surface treatment agent for silver and a light-emitting device.
本發明是關於銀用表面處理劑,更詳細而言,是關於用以防止各種銀或銀合金的變色(腐蝕)之表面處理劑,特別是關於用以防止銀或銀合金、特別是銀蒸鍍面的變色(腐蝕)之表面處理劑,該銀或銀合金使用於電子零件、發光二極體等的照明設備等。 BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 1. Field of the Invention This invention relates to a surface treatment agent for silver, and more particularly to a surface treatment agent for preventing discoloration (corrosion) of various silver or silver alloys, particularly for preventing silver or silver alloys, particularly silver steaming. A surface treatment agent for discoloration (corrosion) of a plating surface, which is used for an illumination device such as an electronic component or a light-emitting diode.
本發明是關於發光裝置,更詳細而言,是關於一種發光裝置,其具備了具有銀或銀合金之基板與發光二極體。 The present invention relates to a light-emitting device, and more particularly to a light-emitting device comprising a substrate having a silver or a silver alloy and a light-emitting diode.
作為搭載了LED(發光二極體:Light Emitting Diode)之光半導體裝置,已知有專利文獻1所揭示的光半導體裝置。在專利文獻1中記載的光半導體裝置,是在成型體上接合藍光LED,並以圍繞著藍光LED的方式將成型體立起來作為反射由藍光LED所發出的光之反射器,且於其中填充含有螢光體之透明密封部而將藍光LED密封而成。 An optical semiconductor device disclosed in Patent Document 1 is known as an optical semiconductor device in which an LED (Light Emitting Diode) is mounted. In the optical semiconductor device described in Patent Document 1, a blue LED is bonded to a molded body, and the molded body is stood up as a reflector for reflecting light emitted by the blue LED in a manner of surrounding the blue LED, and is filled therein. The blue LED is sealed by a transparent sealing portion containing a phosphor.
銀及銀合金作為貴金屬,利用其優異的光學性質、電化學性質,自古以來作為裝飾品、貨幣、食器、電子用材 料、照明設備、牙科用材料而受到利用。近年來,作為發光二極體(LED)用反射材料的需求正急速增加中。發光二極體,是作為日光燈或白熾燈泡的替代光源而使用於照明設備、汽車用燈等的用途,在這樣的發光裝置,藉由在基板設置鍍銀層等的光反射膜,謀求提升光的取出效率。 Silver and silver alloys, as precious metals, have been used as decorations, currency, food, and electronic materials since ancient times due to their excellent optical and electrochemical properties. Materials, lighting equipment, and dental materials are used. In recent years, the demand for reflective materials for light-emitting diodes (LEDs) is rapidly increasing. The light-emitting diode is used as a light source for a fluorescent lamp or an incandescent light bulb, and is used for a lighting device, an automobile lamp, or the like. In such a light-emitting device, a light-reflecting film such as a silver plating layer is provided on the substrate to enhance the light. The efficiency of the extraction.
但是,由於銀及銀合金在化學上非常不安定,而有著容易與空氣中的氧、水分、硫化氫、亞硫酸氣體等進行反應,生成氧化銀或硫化銀,因而銀表面變色(腐蝕)成黑色這樣的缺點。 However, since silver and silver alloys are chemically very unstable, they are easily reacted with oxygen, moisture, hydrogen sulfide, sulfurous acid gas, etc. in the air to form silver oxide or silver sulfide, and thus the surface of the silver is discolored (corroded). The disadvantage of black.
就防止如此的銀變色(腐蝕)的方法而言,例如有提出一種有機系的防銹劑(例如,參照專利文獻2~3)。又,在下述專利文獻4中,提出一種含有層狀矽酸化合物之銀的表面處理劑。 For the method of preventing such discoloration (corrosion) of silver, for example, an organic rust preventive agent has been proposed (for example, refer to Patent Documents 2 to 3). Further, in Patent Document 4 below, a surface treatment agent containing silver in a layered tannic acid compound is proposed.
專利文獻1:國際公開第2007/015426號冊子 Patent Document 1: International Publication No. 2007/015426
專利文獻2:日本特開平10-158572號公報 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-158572
專利文獻3:日本特開2004-238658號公報 Patent Document 3: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2004-238658
專利文獻4:國際公開第2013/108773號說明書 Patent Document 4: International Publication No. 2013/108773
近年來,像這樣的光半導體裝置,作為照明或街燈等的LED照明而逐漸受到採用。然而,實際上嘗試使用後, 在比LED的保證時間還要短的時間內,LED照明的照度便會降低。這是起因於在光半導體裝置的電極上形成了鍍銀層,而此鍍銀層變色。亦即,對於透明密封部,由於一般而言是使用一種氣體或水分穿透性高的樹脂,穿透過透明密封部之氣體或水分會導致鍍銀層腐蝕而變色。特別是若因為硫化氫氣體而導致鍍銀層硫化,電極就變色成黑色,而顯著地造成照度的降低。 In recent years, such an optical semiconductor device has been gradually adopted as an LED illumination such as illumination or a street lamp. However, after actually trying to use it, The illumination of the LED illumination is reduced in a shorter time than the guaranteed time of the LED. This is caused by the formation of a silver plating layer on the electrodes of the optical semiconductor device, and the silver plating layer is discolored. That is, for the transparent sealing portion, since a gas or a resin having high water permeability is generally used, gas or moisture penetrating through the transparent sealing portion may cause corrosion and discoloration of the silver plating layer. In particular, if the silver plating layer is vulcanized due to hydrogen sulfide gas, the electrode is discolored to black, and the illuminance is remarkably lowered.
又,以往,採用熱塑性樹脂來作成反射器,由於比起鍍銀層的硫化速度,反射器的黃變速度這一方較為快速,因此由於鍍銀層的硫化所造成的照度降低較不引人注目。然而,最近變成採用熱硬化性樹脂來作成反射器,由於比起鍍銀層的硫化速度,反射器的黃變速度這一方變得較慢,因此鍍銀層的硫化所造成的照度降低變得較引人注目。而且,LED照明若進行高功率化,由於藍光LED的發熱溫度變高而鍍銀層的溫度上昇,因此促進了鍍銀層的硫化。 Further, conventionally, a thermoplastic resin is used as a reflector, and the yellowing speed of the reflector is faster than the vulcanization rate of the silver plating layer, so that the illuminance reduction due to vulcanization of the silver plating layer is less noticeable. . However, recently, a thermosetting resin has been used as a reflector, and since the rate of vulcanization of the silver plating layer is slower than the rate of vulcanization of the silver plating layer, the illuminance caused by vulcanization of the silver plating layer is lowered. More eye-catching. Further, when the LED illumination is increased in power, the temperature of the silver plating layer rises due to the high heat generation temperature of the blue LED, and thus the vulcanization of the silver plating layer is promoted.
而且,鑑於伴隨著這樣的鍍銀層硫化的問題,也有將LED照明所採用之光半導體裝置的耐硫化氫氣體的評價進行規格化的動作。 Further, in view of the problem of vulcanization of the silver plating layer, there is an operation of normalizing the evaluation of the hydrogen sulfide gas resistance of the optical semiconductor device used for LED illumination.
於是,本案發明人進行深入探討後,得到了這樣的見解:並非改良透明密封部的氣體穿透性,而是利用具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性之抗硫化膜來覆蓋鍍銀層,藉此能夠有效地抑制鍍銀層的硫化。 Therefore, after in-depth discussion, the inventors of the present invention obtained the insight that instead of improving the gas permeability of the transparent sealing portion, the anti-vulcanization film having gas barrier properties derived from clay is used to cover the silver plating layer. This can effectively suppress the vulcanization of the silver plating layer.
更進一步,本案發明人,根據這樣的見解來製造光半導體裝置時,發現了由於黏土對反射器的黏著力並不那麼 高,因此透明密封部會從光半導體裝置上剝離下來這樣的問題。 Further, the inventor of the present invention discovered that the adhesive force of the clay to the reflector is not so high when manufacturing the optical semiconductor device based on such findings. Therefore, the problem that the transparent sealing portion is peeled off from the optical semiconductor device is high.
於是,本發明的第一目的在於提供一種光半導體裝置,其能夠抑制鍍銀層的硫化,並抑制透明密封部的剝離。 Accordingly, a first object of the present invention is to provide an optical semiconductor device capable of suppressing vulcanization of a silver plating layer and suppressing peeling of a transparent sealing portion.
本案發明人等進行深入探討後,發現:並非改良透明密封部的氣體穿透性,而是利用設置具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性之氣體阻隔層,藉此能夠有效地抑制鍍銀層的硫化,並利用將氣體阻隔層的層厚進行均勻化而能夠提高氣體阻隔層的氣體阻隔性。 The inventors of the present invention conducted intensive investigations and found that it is possible to effectively suppress the silver plating layer by providing a gas barrier layer having a gas barrier property derived from clay instead of improving the gas permeability of the transparent sealing portion. By vulcanization, the gas barrier properties of the gas barrier layer can be improved by homogenizing the layer thickness of the gas barrier layer.
於是,本發明的第二目的在於提供一種光半導體裝置及其製造方法,該光半導體裝置能夠抑制鍍銀層的硫化,並提高氣體阻隔性。 Accordingly, a second object of the present invention is to provide an optical semiconductor device capable of suppressing vulcanization of a silver plating layer and improving gas barrier properties, and a method of manufacturing the same.
上述有機系的防銹劑,會有對紫外線的耐受性低,長期間的紫外線暴露會導致變色這樣的缺點。在照明設備及汽車用途上所使用的發光二極體中,由於採用了近紫外光,因此這些有機系的防銹劑難以適用。 The organic rust preventive agent has a drawback that it is low in resistance to ultraviolet rays and causes ultraviolet ray exposure over a long period of time to cause discoloration. Among the light-emitting diodes used in lighting equipment and automotive applications, these organic rust inhibitors are difficult to apply due to the use of near-ultraviolet light.
又,若在鍍銀層的表面上應用了表面處理劑,設置於其上的密封材料等,有變得容易剝離的情況。 Further, when a surface treatment agent is applied to the surface of the silver plating layer, the sealing material or the like provided thereon may be easily peeled off.
本發明是鑑於上述情況而完成,本發明的第三目的在於提供一種發光裝置,其具有對鍍銀層的耐變色性優異之抗變色膜且密封材料亦不易剝離;及提供一種銀用表面處理劑,其對銀的抗變色(腐蝕)性優異,能夠對銀的表面賦予優異的耐變色性,而且能夠減少對密封材料等的影響。 The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and a third object of the present invention is to provide a light-emitting device which has an anti-tarnish film excellent in discoloration resistance to a silver plating layer and which is not easily peeled off; and a surface treatment for silver The agent is excellent in discoloration resistance (corrosion) to silver, and can impart excellent discoloration resistance to the surface of silver, and can reduce the influence on the sealing material and the like.
本案發明人發現:於發光裝置的基板中,若設置了 含有層狀矽酸化合物之層,則會有發生電化學遷移而電極間變色的情況。發光裝置為了長期維持充分的發光強度,而被要求不易發生遷移的絕緣可靠度。 The inventor of the present invention found that if the substrate of the light-emitting device is provided, When a layer containing a layered citric acid compound is subjected to electrochemical migration, the electrode may be discolored. In order to maintain sufficient luminous intensity for a long period of time, the light-emitting device is required to have insulation reliability that does not easily migrate.
本發明的第四目的在於提供一種發光裝置,其具有抗變色膜,該抗變色膜對鍍銀層的耐變色性與絕緣可靠度兩者皆優異。 A fourth object of the present invention is to provide a light-emitting device having a color-resistant film which is excellent in both discoloration resistance and insulation reliability of a silver plating layer.
本發明的一態樣的光半導體裝置,其具備:基板,其於表面形成有鍍銀層;發光二極體,其接合於鍍銀層;光反射部,其藉由圍繞發光二極體之光反射面,形成容納發光二極體之內側空間;抗銀硫化膜,其覆蓋鍍銀層;及,透明密封部,其填充於內側空間而將發光二極體密封住;其中,抗銀硫化膜具有:氣體阻隔層,其具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性;及,底塗層,其配置於氣體阻隔層的下層並具有黏著性;並且,透明密封部與底塗層接觸著。 An optical semiconductor device according to an aspect of the present invention includes: a substrate having a silver plating layer formed on a surface thereof; a light emitting diode bonded to the silver plating layer; and a light reflecting portion surrounding the light emitting diode a light reflecting surface forming an inner space for accommodating the light emitting diode; an anti-silver vulcanized film covering the silver plating layer; and a transparent sealing portion filled in the inner space to seal the light emitting diode; wherein the silver sulfide is resistant The film has a gas barrier layer having gas barrier properties derived from clay, and an undercoat layer disposed on the lower layer of the gas barrier layer and having adhesiveness; and the transparent seal portion is in contact with the undercoat layer.
若根據本發明的一態樣的光半導體裝置,由於鍍銀層被具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性之氣體阻隔層所覆蓋,故能夠抑制鍍銀層的硫化。藉此,能夠大幅抑制鍍銀層黑色化所導致之光半導體裝置的照度降低。而且,就抗銀硫化膜而言,利用將具有黏著性的底塗層配置於氣體阻隔性的下層,使透明密封部接觸到此底塗層,在跟沒有底塗層的情況或是底塗層與透明密封樹脂沒有接觸的情況相比,能夠抑制透明密封部的剝離。 According to the optical semiconductor device of one aspect of the present invention, since the silver plating layer is covered by the gas barrier layer having gas barrier properties derived from clay, vulcanization of the silver plating layer can be suppressed. Thereby, it is possible to greatly suppress the decrease in the illuminance of the optical semiconductor device caused by the blackening of the silver plating layer. Further, in the case of the anti-silver vulcanization film, the undercoat layer having the adhesive property is disposed in the lower layer of the gas barrier property, and the transparent sealing portion is brought into contact with the undercoat layer, and the undercoat layer is applied or the primer is not applied. When the layer is not in contact with the transparent sealing resin, peeling of the transparent sealing portion can be suppressed.
作為一實施形態,底塗層是形成於光反射面上,氣 體阻隔層在光反射面上疊層於底塗層的一部分,透明密封部,在光反射面上的氣體阻隔層未疊層到底塗層的位置,亦可與底塗層接觸著。抗銀硫化膜對鍍銀層的覆蓋,例如能夠藉由將經溶劑稀釋氣體阻隔層及底塗層之溶質而成的稀釋液滴入或散布至光反射部的內側空間,之後使溶劑乾燥來進行。然而,由於內側空間小,難以將稀釋液僅滴入或散布至鍍銀層。於是,由於容許抗銀硫化膜覆蓋光反射面,而能夠輕易地實行抗銀硫化膜對鍍銀層的覆蓋。而且,即使有這種情況,由於在光反射面上的氣體阻隔層未疊層到底塗層上位置,透明密封部與底塗層接觸著,而能夠抑制透明密封部的剝離。 As an embodiment, the undercoat layer is formed on the light reflecting surface, and the gas The body barrier layer is laminated on the light reflecting surface to a portion of the undercoat layer, and the transparent sealing portion is in contact with the undercoat layer at a position where the gas barrier layer on the light reflecting surface is not laminated to the undercoat layer. The silver-resistant vulcanization film may be coated with a solute of the solvent-diluted gas barrier layer and the undercoat layer into the inner space of the light-reflecting portion, and then the solvent may be dried. get on. However, since the inner space is small, it is difficult to drip or spread the diluent only to the silver plating layer. Thus, since the silver-resistant vulcanization film is allowed to cover the light-reflecting surface, the silver-plated film can be easily covered with the anti-silver vulcanization film. Further, even in this case, since the gas barrier layer on the light reflecting surface is not laminated on the undercoat layer, the transparent sealing portion comes into contact with the undercoat layer, and peeling of the transparent sealing portion can be suppressed.
又,作為一實施形態,發光二極體亦可設為發出藍光的藍光二極體。光反射面反射了由發光二極體所發出的光而從光半導體裝置輸出,但由於具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性之氣體阻隔層,有著將藍光的頻帶增幅的作用,利用以此氣體阻隔層來覆蓋光反射面,能夠增大由藍光二極體所發出的藍光的反射效率。 Further, as an embodiment, the light emitting diode may be a blue LED that emits blue light. The light reflecting surface reflects the light emitted from the light emitting diode and is output from the optical semiconductor device. However, since the gas barrier layer having gas barrier properties derived from clay has an effect of increasing the frequency band of the blue light, the gas is utilized. The barrier layer covers the light reflecting surface and can increase the reflection efficiency of the blue light emitted by the blue LED.
又,作為一實施形態,氣體阻隔層亦可在光反射面上不疊層於底塗層。如此一來,利用氣體阻隔層在光反射面上不疊層於底塗層,由於能夠擴大透明密封部與底塗層的接觸面積,故更能夠抑制透明密封部的剝離。 Further, as an embodiment, the gas barrier layer may not be laminated on the undercoat layer on the light reflecting surface. In this manner, since the gas barrier layer is not laminated on the undercoat layer on the light-reflecting surface, the contact area between the transparent sealing portion and the undercoat layer can be increased, so that the peeling of the transparent sealing portion can be further suppressed.
又,作為一實施形態,底塗層形成於光反射面上,氣體阻隔層在光反射面上疊層於底塗層上,透明密封部亦可與沿著光反射面延伸之底塗層的前緣面接觸。如此一來,即 使氣體阻隔層被形成於光反射面上,利用使沿著光反射面延伸之底塗層的前緣面與透明樹脂接觸,更能夠抑制透明密封部的剝離。 Moreover, as an embodiment, the undercoat layer is formed on the light reflecting surface, and the gas barrier layer is laminated on the undercoat layer on the light reflecting surface, and the transparent sealing portion may also be associated with the undercoat layer extending along the light reflecting surface. Leading edge contact. So that is When the gas barrier layer is formed on the light-reflecting surface, the leading edge surface of the undercoat layer extending along the light-reflecting surface is brought into contact with the transparent resin, whereby peeling of the transparent sealing portion can be further suppressed.
又,作為一實施形態,在光反射部中,形成了頂面,該頂面鄰接於光反射面且位於內側空間的外側;底塗層形成於頂面的至少一部分,氣體阻隔層在光反射面上疊層於底塗層上,透明密封部亦可於頂面上與底塗層接觸。抗銀硫化膜對鍍銀層的覆蓋,例如能夠藉由將經溶劑稀釋氣體阻隔層及底塗層之溶質而成的稀釋液滴入或散布至光反射部的內側空間,之後使溶劑乾燥來實行。然而,由於光反射部的內側空間小,難以將稀釋液僅滴入或散布至鍍銀層。於是,由於容許抗銀硫化膜覆蓋光反射面整體,而能夠更輕易地進行抗銀硫化膜對鍍銀層的覆蓋。而且,即使有這種情況,在光反射部的頂面上,由於透明密封部與底塗層接觸著,故能夠抑制透明密封部的剝離。 Further, in one embodiment, a top surface is formed in the light reflecting portion, the top surface is adjacent to the light reflecting surface and located outside the inner space; the undercoat layer is formed on at least a portion of the top surface, and the gas barrier layer is reflected in the light The surface is laminated on the undercoat layer, and the transparent sealing portion can also be in contact with the undercoat layer on the top surface. The silver-resistant vulcanization film may be coated with a solute of the solvent-diluted gas barrier layer and the undercoat layer into the inner space of the light-reflecting portion, and then the solvent may be dried. Implemented. However, since the inner space of the light reflecting portion is small, it is difficult to drip or spread the diluent only to the silver plating layer. Therefore, since the silver-resistant vulcanization film is allowed to cover the entire light-reflecting surface, the silver-resistant vulcanization film can be more easily covered with the silver-plated layer. Further, even in this case, since the transparent sealing portion is in contact with the undercoat layer on the top surface of the light reflecting portion, peeling of the transparent sealing portion can be suppressed.
本發明的一態樣的光半導體裝置,其具備:基板,其於表面形成有鍍銀層;發光二極體,其接合於鍍銀層;光反射部,其藉由圍繞發光二極體之光反射面,形成容納發光二極體之內側空間;透明密封部,其填充於內側空間而將發光二極體密封住;及,氣體阻隔層,其形成於遠離基板之位置,並具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性。 An optical semiconductor device according to an aspect of the present invention includes: a substrate having a silver plating layer formed on a surface thereof; a light emitting diode bonded to the silver plating layer; and a light reflecting portion surrounding the light emitting diode a light reflecting surface forming an inner space for accommodating the light emitting diode; a transparent sealing portion filling the inner space to seal the light emitting diode; and a gas blocking layer formed at a position away from the substrate and having a source Gas barrier properties in clay.
若根據本發明的一態樣的光半導體裝置,由於形成了具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性之氣體阻隔層,故能夠抑制鍍銀層的硫化。藉此,能夠大幅抑制鍍銀層黑色化所導致之 光半導體裝置的照度降低。順帶一提,具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性之氣體阻隔層,由於將層厚進行均勻化,氣體阻隔性因而提高。另一方面,由於形成有鍍銀層之基板表面凹凸不平,若將氣體阻隔層形成於基板表面上,會變得難以將氣體阻隔層的層厚進行均勻化。於是,藉由在遠離基板之位置上形成氣體阻隔層,而能夠將氣體阻隔層的層厚進行均勻化。藉此,能夠提高氣體阻隔層的氣體阻隔性。 According to the optical semiconductor device of one aspect of the present invention, since the gas barrier layer having gas barrier properties derived from clay is formed, vulcanization of the silver plating layer can be suppressed. Thereby, the blackening of the silver plating layer can be greatly suppressed. The illuminance of the optical semiconductor device is lowered. Incidentally, the gas barrier layer having gas barrier properties derived from clay is improved in gas barrier properties by homogenizing the layer thickness. On the other hand, since the surface of the substrate on which the silver plating layer is formed is uneven, it is difficult to homogenize the layer thickness of the gas barrier layer when the gas barrier layer is formed on the surface of the substrate. Thus, the layer thickness of the gas barrier layer can be made uniform by forming the gas barrier layer at a position away from the substrate. Thereby, the gas barrier property of the gas barrier layer can be improved.
作為一實施形態,在氣體阻隔層與基板之間,亦可配置透明密封部。如此一來,利用在氣體阻隔層與基板之間配置了透明密封部,由於氣體阻隔層變得遠離了基板,而能夠防止氣體阻隔層與基板之間的遷移。 As an embodiment, a transparent sealing portion may be disposed between the gas barrier layer and the substrate. In this manner, by arranging the transparent sealing portion between the gas barrier layer and the substrate, since the gas barrier layer becomes distant from the substrate, migration between the gas barrier layer and the substrate can be prevented.
又,作為一實施形態,氣體阻隔層亦可埋設於透明密封部中。如此一來,由於氣體阻隔層埋設於透明密封部中,而能夠防止氣體阻隔層的剝離。 Further, as an embodiment, the gas barrier layer may be buried in the transparent sealing portion. In this way, since the gas barrier layer is buried in the transparent sealing portion, peeling of the gas barrier layer can be prevented.
又,作為一實施形態,氣體阻隔層亦可形成於透明密封部的表面上。如此一來,由於氣體阻隔層形成於透明密封部的表面上,而能夠輕易地形成透明密封部及氣體阻隔層。 Further, as an embodiment, the gas barrier layer may be formed on the surface of the transparent sealing portion. In this way, since the gas barrier layer is formed on the surface of the transparent sealing portion, the transparent sealing portion and the gas barrier layer can be easily formed.
又,作為一實施形態,亦可進一步具備底塗層,其形成於基板及光反射面上,且疊層了氣體阻隔層。如此一來,由於在基板與氣體阻隔層之間形成了底塗層,而能夠在基板與氣體阻隔層之間不填充透明密封部,並將氣體阻隔層配置於遠離基板的位置。而且,相較於直接在基板上形成氣體阻隔層的情況,由於藉由底塗層,要形成氣體阻隔層的面被平坦化,而能夠將氣體阻隔層的層厚進行均勻化。藉此,能夠 提高氣體阻隔層的氣體阻隔性。 Further, as an embodiment, an undercoat layer may be further provided on the substrate and the light reflecting surface, and a gas barrier layer may be laminated. In this manner, since the undercoat layer is formed between the substrate and the gas barrier layer, the transparent sealing portion can be not filled between the substrate and the gas barrier layer, and the gas barrier layer can be disposed at a position away from the substrate. Further, in the case where the gas barrier layer is formed directly on the substrate, the surface on which the gas barrier layer is to be formed is planarized by the undercoat layer, and the layer thickness of the gas barrier layer can be made uniform. Thereby being able to Improve the gas barrier properties of the gas barrier layer.
又,作為一實施形態,亦可進一步具有第二氣體阻隔層,其形成於鍍銀層的表面上,並具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性。如此一來,由於在鍍銀層的表面上形成了第二氣體阻隔層,而能夠將氣體阻隔層輕易地進行多層化。藉此,能夠更加提高氣體阻隔性。 Further, as an embodiment, a second gas barrier layer may be further formed on the surface of the silver plating layer and has gas barrier properties derived from clay. In this way, since the second gas barrier layer is formed on the surface of the silver plating layer, the gas barrier layer can be easily multilayered. Thereby, the gas barrier property can be further improved.
又,作為一實施形態,亦可進一步具備接合於基板與發光二極體上的接合引線,且第二氣體阻隔層覆蓋住接合引線。如此一來,由於接合引線被第二氣體阻隔層所覆蓋,在將接合引線的材料設為銀的情況下,能夠抑制接合引線的硫化。 Further, as an embodiment, a bonding wire bonded to the substrate and the LED may be further provided, and the second gas barrier layer covers the bonding wire. In this way, since the bonding wire is covered by the second gas barrier layer, when the material of the bonding wire is made of silver, vulcanization of the bonding wire can be suppressed.
又,作為一實施形態,第二氣體阻隔層亦可覆蓋光反射面。如此一來,由於光反射面被第二氣體阻隔層所覆蓋,而能夠抑制光反射面的氧化。藉此,能夠大幅抑制光反射面變色所導致之光半導體裝置的照度降低。 Further, as an embodiment, the second gas barrier layer may cover the light reflecting surface. As a result, since the light reflecting surface is covered by the second gas barrier layer, oxidation of the light reflecting surface can be suppressed. Thereby, it is possible to greatly suppress a decrease in illuminance of the optical semiconductor device due to discoloration of the light reflecting surface.
本發明的一態樣的光半導體裝置的製造方法,具備下列步驟:準備步驟,其準備中間零件;透明密封部密封步驟,其將透明密封部填充於內側空間,並利用透明密封部來密封發光二極體;及,氣體阻隔層形成步驟,其於遠離基板的位置上,形成具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性之氣體阻隔層;其中,該中間零件具備基板,其於表面形成有鍍銀層,並於鍍銀層接合有發光二極體;發光二極體,其接合於鍍銀層;及,光反射部,其藉由圍繞發光二極體之光反射面,形成容納發光二極體之內側空間。 A method of manufacturing an optical semiconductor device according to an aspect of the present invention includes the following steps: a preparation step of preparing an intermediate part; and a transparent sealing portion sealing step of filling a transparent sealing portion in an inner space and sealing the light with a transparent sealing portion And a gas barrier layer forming step of forming a gas barrier layer having a gas barrier property derived from clay at a position away from the substrate; wherein the intermediate portion is provided with a substrate, and the surface is formed with silver plating a layer, and a light emitting diode is bonded to the silver plating layer; the light emitting diode is bonded to the silver plating layer; and the light reflecting portion is formed to receive the light emitting diode by surrounding the light reflecting surface of the light emitting diode The inner space of the body.
若根據本發明的一態樣的光半導體裝置的製造方法,由於形成了具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性之氣體阻隔層,故能夠抑制鍍銀層的硫化。藉此,能夠大幅抑制鍍銀層黑色化所導致之光半導體裝置的照度降低。順帶一提,具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性之氣體阻隔層,由於將層厚進行均勻化,氣體阻隔性因而提高。另一方面,由於形成有鍍銀層之基板表面凹凸不平,若將氣體阻隔層形成於基板表面上,會變得難以將氣體阻隔層的層厚進行均勻化。於是,藉由在遠離基板之位置上形成氣體阻隔層,而能夠將氣體阻隔層的層厚進行均勻化。藉此,能夠提高氣體阻隔層的氣體阻隔性。 According to the method of manufacturing an optical semiconductor device according to an aspect of the present invention, since the gas barrier layer having gas barrier properties derived from clay is formed, vulcanization of the silver plating layer can be suppressed. Thereby, it is possible to greatly suppress the decrease in the illuminance of the optical semiconductor device caused by the blackening of the silver plating layer. Incidentally, the gas barrier layer having gas barrier properties derived from clay is improved in gas barrier properties by homogenizing the layer thickness. On the other hand, since the surface of the substrate on which the silver plating layer is formed is uneven, it is difficult to homogenize the layer thickness of the gas barrier layer when the gas barrier layer is formed on the surface of the substrate. Thus, the layer thickness of the gas barrier layer can be made uniform by forming the gas barrier layer at a position away from the substrate. Thereby, the gas barrier property of the gas barrier layer can be improved.
作為一實施形態,亦可進一步具備底塗層形成步驟,其於基板及光反射面上,形成要疊層氣體阻隔層之底塗層。如此一來,利用在基板與氣體阻隔層之間形成了底塗層,基板與氣體阻隔層之間並非填充透明密封部,而能夠將氣體阻隔層形成於遠離基板的位置。而且,相較於直接於基板上形成氣體阻隔層的情況,由於藉由底塗層,要形成氣體阻隔層的面被平坦化,而能夠將氣體阻隔層的層厚進行均勻化。藉此,能夠提高氣體阻隔層的氣體阻隔性。 In one embodiment, an undercoat layer forming step may be further provided to form an undercoat layer on which a gas barrier layer is to be laminated on the substrate and the light reflecting surface. In this way, by forming an undercoat layer between the substrate and the gas barrier layer, the transparent barrier portion is not filled between the substrate and the gas barrier layer, and the gas barrier layer can be formed at a position away from the substrate. Further, in the case where the gas barrier layer is formed directly on the substrate, the surface on which the gas barrier layer is to be formed is planarized by the undercoat layer, and the layer thickness of the gas barrier layer can be made uniform. Thereby, the gas barrier property of the gas barrier layer can be improved.
又,作為一實施形態,亦可進一步具備第二氣體阻隔層形成步驟,其於鍍銀層的表面上,形成具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性之第二氣體阻隔層。如此一來,由於在鍍銀層的表面上形成了第二氣體阻隔層,而能夠將氣體阻隔層輕易地進行多層化。藉此,能夠更加提高氣體阻隔性。 Further, as an embodiment, a second gas barrier layer forming step may be further provided to form a second gas barrier layer having gas barrier properties derived from clay on the surface of the silver plating layer. In this way, since the second gas barrier layer is formed on the surface of the silver plating layer, the gas barrier layer can be easily multilayered. Thereby, the gas barrier property can be further improved.
本發明的一態樣的發光裝置,其具備:具有鍍銀層 之基板、搭載於基板上之發光二極體、及至少覆蓋鍍銀層的表面之複層膜(二層以上的膜);其中,複層膜具有:第1層,其含有層狀矽酸化合物;及,第2層,其含有層狀矽酸化合物以外之第2矽酸化合物。 An illumination device according to an aspect of the present invention includes: a silver plating layer a substrate, a light-emitting diode mounted on the substrate, and a multi-layer film (two or more layers) covering at least a surface of the silver plating layer; wherein the multi-layer film has a first layer containing a layered tannic acid a compound; and a second layer comprising a second phthalic acid compound other than the layered citric acid compound.
本發明的一態樣的發光裝置,藉由具備上述複層膜,能夠根據第1層來展現對硫化氫等氣體的氣體遮蔽性,且能夠對鍍銀層的表面賦予優異的耐變色性,更進一步根據含有第2層,能夠提昇第1層的耐水性及對銀的黏著力,以及提昇對使用於發光裝置的覆蓋、密封等之透明密封樹脂的密合性。藉此,能夠實現一種發光裝置,其具有對鍍銀層的耐變色性優異之抗變色膜且密封材料亦不易剝離。又,上述複層膜,能具有充分的光透性,能夠不妨礙發光裝置的發光特性地抑制鍍銀層的變色。 In the light-emitting device according to the aspect of the invention, it is possible to exhibit gas shielding properties against a gas such as hydrogen sulfide according to the first layer, and to provide excellent discoloration resistance to the surface of the silver plating layer. Further, according to the second layer, the water resistance of the first layer and the adhesion to silver can be improved, and the adhesion to the transparent sealing resin used for covering and sealing the light-emitting device can be improved. Thereby, it is possible to realize a light-emitting device which has a color-resistant film excellent in discoloration resistance to a silver plating layer and which is not easily peeled off. Further, the above-mentioned multi-layer film can have sufficient light transmittance, and can suppress discoloration of the silver plating layer without impairing the light-emitting characteristics of the light-emitting device.
本發明的一態樣的發光裝置,較佳為於上述鍍銀層的表面上,依序設置上述第2層與上述第1層。 In a light-emitting device according to an aspect of the invention, it is preferable that the second layer and the first layer are sequentially provided on a surface of the silver plating layer.
上述發光裝置,亦可被透明密封樹脂覆蓋或密封。 The above light-emitting device may also be covered or sealed with a transparent sealing resin.
本發明的一態樣的銀用表面處理劑,其具有:A液,其含有層狀矽酸化合物;及,B液,其含有層狀矽酸化合物以外之第2矽酸化合物。 A surface treatment agent for silver according to the present invention comprises: a liquid A comprising a layered citric acid compound; and a liquid B containing a second phthalic acid compound other than the layered citric acid compound.
若根據本發明的一態樣的銀用表面處理劑,能夠形成具有由A液所形成的第1層與由B液所形成的第2層之複層膜,藉此,銀的抗變色(腐蝕)性優異,在銀的表面上能夠賦予優異的耐變色性,而且能夠減少對密封材料等的影響。又,若根據本發明的一態樣的銀用表面處理劑,因為能 夠形成透明性及密合性優異的抗變色膜,在應用於具有鍍銀層之發光裝置的情況下,能夠形成不妨礙發光裝置的發光特性,且可充分抑制鍍銀層的變色的抗變色膜。 According to the silver surface treatment agent of the present invention, it is possible to form a multi-layer film having the first layer formed of the A liquid and the second layer formed of the B liquid, whereby the silver is resistant to discoloration ( It is excellent in corrosion resistance, and can provide excellent discoloration resistance on the surface of silver, and can reduce the influence on a sealing material etc. Moreover, according to one aspect of the surface treatment agent for silver according to the present invention, When a light-resistant device having excellent transparency and adhesion is formed, when it is applied to a light-emitting device having a silver-plated layer, it is possible to form an anti-tarnish that can sufficiently suppress the discoloration of the silver-plated layer without impairing the light-emitting characteristics of the light-emitting device. membrane.
在本發明的一態樣的銀用表面處理劑中,上述第2矽酸化合物較佳為聚矽氧系樹脂或無機玻璃。 In the surface treatment agent for silver according to an aspect of the invention, the second phthalic acid compound is preferably a polyfluorene-based resin or an inorganic glass.
又,上述層狀矽酸化合物的平均長邊長度,較佳為30nm以上且50000nm以下。藉由使用平均長邊長度在如此範圍的層狀矽酸化合物,能夠更加充分地抑制銀的變色。 Moreover, the average long side length of the layered tannic acid compound is preferably 30 nm or more and 50,000 nm or less. By using a layered tantalum compound having an average long side length in such a range, discoloration of silver can be more sufficiently suppressed.
本發明的一態樣的發裝置,其具備:具有鍍銀層之基板、搭載於基板上之發光二極體、及至少覆蓋鍍銀層的表面之複層膜;其中,複層膜具有:第1層,其含有氧氣穿透率為0.0001~10cc/m2.24h.atm的化合物;及,第2層,其含有體積電阻率為1010~1016Ω.cm的化合物。 An aspect of the invention provides a hair-emitting device comprising: a substrate having a silver-plated layer; a light-emitting diode mounted on the substrate; and a multi-layer film covering at least a surface of the silver plating layer; wherein the multi-layer film has: The first layer contains an oxygen permeability of 0.0001 to 10 cc/m 2 . 24h. a compound of atm; and, layer 2, which has a volume resistivity of 10 10 ~ 10 16 Ω. Cm compound.
若根據本發明的一態樣的發光裝置,則上述複層膜能夠發揮作為鍍銀層的耐變色性與絕緣可靠度兩者皆優異之抗變色膜的機能,且能夠長期維持充分的發光強度。 According to the light-emitting device of the aspect of the invention, the multi-layer film can exhibit the function of the anti-tarnish film which is excellent in both the discoloration resistance and the insulation reliability of the silver plating layer, and can maintain sufficient luminous intensity for a long period of time. .
本發明的一態樣的發光裝置,較佳為於上述鍍銀層的表面上,依序設置上述第2層與上述第1層。 In a light-emitting device according to an aspect of the invention, it is preferable that the second layer and the first layer are sequentially provided on a surface of the silver plating layer.
上述發光裝置,亦可被透明密封樹脂覆蓋或密封。這種情況,因為上述複層膜與透明密封樹脂的密合性變得優異,故起因於密封樹脂剝離的問題變得不易發生。 The above light-emitting device may also be covered or sealed with a transparent sealing resin. In this case, since the adhesion between the above-mentioned multi-layer film and the transparent sealing resin is excellent, the problem of peeling off of the sealing resin is less likely to occur.
若根據本發明,可提供一種光半導體裝置,其能夠抑制鍍銀層的硫化,並抑制透明密封部的剝離。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an optical semiconductor device capable of suppressing vulcanization of a silver plating layer and suppressing peeling of a transparent sealing portion.
若根據本發明,可提供一種光半導體裝置,其能夠抑制鍍銀層的硫化,並提高氣體阻隔性。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an optical semiconductor device capable of suppressing vulcanization of a silver plating layer and improving gas barrier properties.
若根據本發明,可提供一種發光裝置,其具有對鍍銀層的耐變色性優異之抗變色膜且密封材料亦不易剝離;及提供一種銀用表面處理劑,其銀的抗變色(腐蝕)性優異,在銀的表面上能夠賦予優異的耐變色性,而且能夠減少對密封材料等的影響。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a light-emitting device which has an anti-tarnish film excellent in discoloration resistance to a silver plating layer and which is not easily peeled off by a sealing material; and a surface treatment agent for silver which is resistant to discoloration (corrosion) of silver It is excellent in the ability to impart excellent discoloration resistance on the surface of silver, and it is possible to reduce the influence on the sealing material and the like.
若根據本發明之銀用表面處理劑,能夠防止例如使用於電子零件、發光二極體等之照明設備等的銀,特別是銀蒸鍍面的變色(腐蝕)。 According to the silver surface treatment agent of the present invention, it is possible to prevent, for example, silver used in an illumination device such as an electronic component or a light-emitting diode, in particular, discoloration (corrosion) of the silver vapor deposition surface.
根據本發明,能夠提供一種發光裝置,其具有鍍銀層的耐變色性與絕緣可靠度兩者皆優異的抗變色膜。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a light-emitting device having an anti-tarnish film excellent in both discoloration resistance and insulation reliability of a silver-plated layer.
1、2、3、4‧‧‧光半導體裝置 1, 2, 3, 4‧‧‧ Optical semiconductor devices
10‧‧‧基板 10‧‧‧Substrate
10a‧‧‧表面 10a‧‧‧ surface
12‧‧‧基體 12‧‧‧ base
14‧‧‧鍍銅板 14‧‧‧copper plate
16‧‧‧鍍銀層 16‧‧‧Silver plating
20‧‧‧反射器(光反射部) 20‧‧‧Reflector (light reflection part)
20a‧‧‧光反射面 20a‧‧‧Light reflecting surface
20b‧‧‧頂面 20b‧‧‧ top surface
20c‧‧‧外周面 20c‧‧‧ outer perimeter
20d‧‧‧上端部 20d‧‧‧Upper end
22‧‧‧內側空間 22‧‧‧ inside space
30‧‧‧藍光二極體 30‧‧‧Blu-ray diode
32‧‧‧晶粒接合材 32‧‧‧Grain joints
34‧‧‧接合引線 34‧‧‧bonding leads
40‧‧‧透明密封部 40‧‧‧Transparent seal
42‧‧‧螢光體 42‧‧‧Fluorite
44‧‧‧透明密封樹脂 44‧‧‧Transparent sealing resin
50、52、53、54‧‧‧氣體阻隔層 50, 52, 53, 54‧ ‧ gas barrier
60、63、64‧‧‧底塗層 60, 63, 64‧‧‧ undercoat
60a、63a、64a‧‧‧底塗層反射面部 60a, 63a, 64a‧‧‧ undercoat reflective face
63b‧‧‧前緣面 63b‧‧‧ front face
64b‧‧‧底塗層頂面部 64b‧‧‧Undercoat top surface
70、72、73、74‧‧‧抗銀硫化膜 70, 72, 73, 74‧‧‧ anti-silver vulcanized film
H‧‧‧厚度 H‧‧‧thickness
L‧‧‧黏土稀釋液、長度 L‧‧‧Clay dilution, length
M‧‧‧底塗稀釋液 M‧‧‧ primer dilution
U‧‧‧暴露部 U‧‧‧Exposed Department
101、102、103、104、105、106‧‧‧光半導體裝置 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106‧‧‧ optical semiconductor devices
108‧‧‧中間零件 108‧‧‧Intermediate parts
110‧‧‧基板 110‧‧‧Substrate
110a‧‧‧表面 110a‧‧‧ surface
112‧‧‧基體 112‧‧‧ base
114‧‧‧鍍銅板 114‧‧‧copper plate
116‧‧‧鍍銀層 116‧‧‧Silver plating
120‧‧‧反射器(光反射部) 120‧‧‧ reflector (light reflection part)
120a‧‧‧光反射面 120a‧‧‧Light reflecting surface
120b‧‧‧頂面 120b‧‧‧ top surface
120c‧‧‧外周面 120c‧‧‧ outer perimeter
122‧‧‧內側空間 122‧‧‧ inside space
124‧‧‧開口 124‧‧‧ openings
130‧‧‧藍光二極體(發光二極體) 130‧‧‧Blue LED (Light Emitting Diode)
132‧‧‧晶粒接合材 132‧‧‧Grain joints
134‧‧‧接合引線 134‧‧‧bonding leads
140‧‧‧透明密封部 140‧‧‧Transparent seal
142‧‧‧螢光體 142‧‧‧Fluorite
150、151、155‧‧‧氣體阻隔層 150, 151, 155‧ ‧ gas barrier
152、153、154‧‧‧第二氣體阻隔層 152, 153, 154‧‧‧ second gas barrier
153a、154a‧‧‧光反射面覆蓋部 153a, 154a‧‧‧Light reflecting surface covering
153b、154b‧‧‧接合引線覆蓋部 153b, 154b‧‧‧ Bonded lead cover
160‧‧‧底塗層 160‧‧‧Undercoat
L‧‧‧黏土稀釋液 L‧‧‧Clay Diluent
201‧‧‧發光裝置 201‧‧‧Lighting device
210‧‧‧基板 210‧‧‧Substrate
210a‧‧‧基板之表面 210a‧‧‧ surface of the substrate
212‧‧‧基體 212‧‧‧ base
214‧‧‧鍍銅板 214‧‧‧copper plate
216‧‧‧鍍銀層 216‧‧‧ Silver plating
220‧‧‧反射器(光反射部) 220‧‧‧ reflector (light reflection part)
220a‧‧‧內周面(光反射面) 220a‧‧‧ inner circumference (light reflection surface)
220b‧‧‧頂面 220b‧‧‧ top surface
220c‧‧‧外周面 220c‧‧‧ outer perimeter
222‧‧‧內側空間 222‧‧‧ inside space
230‧‧‧藍光LED(藍光二極體) 230‧‧‧Blue LED (Blu-ray diode)
232‧‧‧晶粒接合材 232‧‧‧die joints
234‧‧‧接合引線 234‧‧‧bonding leads
240‧‧‧透明密封樹脂(透明密封部) 240‧‧‧Transparent sealing resin (transparent sealing part)
242‧‧‧螢光體 242‧‧‧Fertior
250‧‧‧第2層(底塗層) 250‧‧‧Layer 2 (primer coating)
252‧‧‧第1層(氣體阻隔層) 252‧‧‧1st layer (gas barrier)
260‧‧‧複層膜(抗變色膜) 260‧‧‧Multilayer film (anti-tarnish film)
300‧‧‧粒子 300‧‧‧ particles
310‧‧‧外接長方形 310‧‧‧External rectangle
M‧‧‧B液 M‧‧‧B liquid
D‧‧‧厚度 D‧‧‧thickness
L、Lmax‧‧‧長度 L, Lmax‧‧‧ length
第1圖是第1實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。 Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to a first embodiment.
第2圖是第1圖所表示之光半導體裝置的平面圖。 Fig. 2 is a plan view showing the optical semiconductor device shown in Fig. 1.
第3圖是用以說明使用蒙脫石之抗硫化膜的構成的概念圖。 Fig. 3 is a conceptual diagram for explaining the constitution of a vulcanization resistant film using montmorillonite.
第4圖是用以說明底塗層的形成方法的圖。 Fig. 4 is a view for explaining a method of forming an undercoat layer.
第5圖是用以說明氣體阻隔層的覆蓋方法的圖。 Fig. 5 is a view for explaining a method of covering a gas barrier layer.
第6圖是第2實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。 Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to a second embodiment.
第7圖是用以說明氣體阻隔層的覆蓋方法的圖。 Fig. 7 is a view for explaining a method of covering a gas barrier layer.
第8圖是第3實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。 Fig. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to a third embodiment.
第9圖是第4實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。 Fig. 9 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to a fourth embodiment.
第10圖是第5實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。 Fig. 10 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to a fifth embodiment.
第11圖是第10圖所表示之光半導體裝置的平面圖。 Fig. 11 is a plan view showing the optical semiconductor device shown in Fig. 10.
第12圖是用以說明使用蒙脫石之抗硫化膜的構成的概念圖。 Fig. 12 is a conceptual diagram for explaining the constitution of a vulcanization resistant film using montmorillonite.
第13圖是表示第5實施形態的光半導體裝置的製造方法的流程圖。 Fig. 13 is a flow chart showing a method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device according to the fifth embodiment.
第14圖是表示第5實施形態的光半導體裝置的製造步驟的圖。 Fig. 14 is a view showing a manufacturing procedure of the optical semiconductor device of the fifth embodiment.
第15圖是表示第5實施形態的光半導體裝置的製造步驟的圖。 Fig. 15 is a view showing a manufacturing procedure of the optical semiconductor device of the fifth embodiment.
第16圖是第6實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。 Figure 16 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to a sixth embodiment.
第17圖是表示第6實施形態的光半導體裝置的製造方法的流程圖。 Fig. 17 is a flow chart showing a method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device according to the sixth embodiment.
第18圖是第7實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。 Figure 18 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to a seventh embodiment.
第19圖是表示第7實施形態的光半導體裝置的製造方法的流程圖。 Fig. 19 is a flow chart showing a method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device according to the seventh embodiment.
第20圖是第8實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。 Figure 20 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to an eighth embodiment.
第21圖是表示第8實施形態的光半導體裝置的製造方法的流程圖。 Fig. 21 is a flow chart showing a method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device according to the eighth embodiment.
第22圖是第9實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。 Figure 22 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to a ninth embodiment.
第23圖是第10實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。 Figure 23 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to a tenth embodiment.
第24圖是表示第10實施形態的光半導體裝置的製造方法的流程圖。 Fig. 24 is a flow chart showing a method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device according to the tenth embodiment.
第25圖是發光裝置的剖面圖。 Figure 25 is a cross-sectional view of the light-emitting device.
第26圖是第25圖所表示之發光裝置的平面圖。 Figure 26 is a plan view showing the light-emitting device shown in Figure 25.
第27圖是表示層狀矽酸化合物的一例的概略圖。 Fig. 27 is a schematic view showing an example of a layered citric acid compound.
第28圖是表示第11及第12實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法的流程圖。 Fig. 28 is a flow chart showing a method of manufacturing the light-emitting device of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments.
第29圖是於實施形態的銀用表面處理劑的塗布步驟後之發光裝置的剖面圖。 Fig. 29 is a cross-sectional view showing a light-emitting device after the coating step of the silver surface treatment agent of the embodiment.
第30圖是於乾燥步驟後之發光裝置的剖面圖。 Figure 30 is a cross-sectional view of the light-emitting device after the drying step.
第31圖是於透明密封樹脂填充步驟後之發光裝置的剖面圖。 Figure 31 is a cross-sectional view of the light-emitting device after the step of filling the transparent sealing resin.
第32圖是用以說明由實施形態的銀用表面處理劑所形成的抗變色膜的構成的概念圖。 Fig. 32 is a conceptual view for explaining the configuration of the anti-tarnish film formed of the surface treatment agent for silver of the embodiment.
第33圖是表示第13及第14實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法的流程圖。 Fig. 33 is a flow chart showing a method of manufacturing the light-emitting device of the thirteenth and fourteenth embodiments.
第34圖是藉由第33圖的製造方法而製造出來的發光裝置的剖面圖。 Figure 34 is a cross-sectional view showing a light-emitting device manufactured by the manufacturing method of Figure 33.
第35圖是表示第15及第16實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法的流程圖。 Fig. 35 is a flow chart showing a method of manufacturing the light-emitting device of the fifteenth and sixteenth embodiments.
第36圖是藉由第35圖的製造方法而製造出來的發光裝置的剖面圖。 Figure 36 is a cross-sectional view showing a light-emitting device manufactured by the manufacturing method of Figure 35.
第37圖是針對於實施例中使用銀用表面處理劑而形成的抗變色膜的一例所拍攝而成的剖面穿透式電子顯微鏡照片。 Fig. 37 is a cross-sectional transmission electron micrograph taken for an example of an anti-tarnish film formed by using a surface treatment agent for silver in the examples.
以下,參照圖式並針對本發明的一態樣的光半導體裝置的適宜的實施形態進行詳細說明。另外,在全部圖式中, 對於相同或相當的部分將給予相同的符號。 Hereinafter, a preferred embodiment of an optical semiconductor device according to an aspect of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In addition, in all the drawings, The same symbols will be given to the same or equivalent parts.
第1圖是第1實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。第2圖是第1圖所表示之光半導體裝置的平面圖。如第1圖及第2圖所示,此實施形態的光半導體裝置1,一般是分類到「表面構裝型(表面安裝型)」。此光半導體裝置1,其具備:基板10、接合於基板10的表面上之藍光二極體30、以圍繞藍光二極體的方式設置於基板10的表面上之反射器20、填充於反射器20中並將藍光二極體30密封住之透明密封部40、及覆蓋鍍銀層16之抗銀硫化膜70。另外,在第2圖中,省略了透明密封部40的圖示。 Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to a first embodiment. Fig. 2 is a plan view showing the optical semiconductor device shown in Fig. 1. As shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, the optical semiconductor device 1 of this embodiment is generally classified into a "surface mount type (surface mount type)". The optical semiconductor device 1 includes a substrate 10, a blue LED 30 bonded to the surface of the substrate 10, a reflector 20 disposed on the surface of the substrate 10 so as to surround the blue LED, and being filled in the reflector The transparent sealing portion 40 which seals the blue LED 32 and the silver-resistant vulcanization film 70 covering the silver plating layer 16 are provided. In addition, in FIG. 2, illustration of the transparent sealing part 40 is abbreviate|omitted.
基板10,是鍍銅板14在絕緣性的基體12的表面上進行了配線,而鍍銀層16形成於鍍銅板14的表面上。鍍銀層16配置於基板10的表面上,成為與藍光二極體30導通的電極。另外,鍍銀層16,只要是含有銀的鍍層不管是如何的組成皆可。例如,亦可藉由僅鍍覆銀來形成鍍銀層16,亦可藉由以鎳及銀這樣的順序進行鍍覆來形成鍍銀層16。鍍銅板14及鍍銀層16,在陽極側與陰極側受到絕緣。陽極側的鍍銅板14及鍍銀層16與陰極側的鍍銅板14及鍍銀層16之間的絕緣,例如,能夠藉由使陽極側的鍍銅板14及鍍銀層16與陰極側的鍍銅板14及鍍銀層16隔離,並適當地在那之間插入樹脂及陶瓷等絕緣層來進行。 In the substrate 10, the copper plate 14 is wired on the surface of the insulating base 12, and the silver plating layer 16 is formed on the surface of the copper plate 14. The silver plating layer 16 is disposed on the surface of the substrate 10 to be an electrode that is electrically connected to the blue LED 30. Further, the silver plating layer 16 may be any composition as long as it is a plating layer containing silver. For example, the silver plating layer 16 may be formed by plating only silver, or the silver plating layer 16 may be formed by plating in the order of nickel and silver. The copper plate 14 and the silver plating layer 16 are insulated on the anode side and the cathode side. The insulation between the copper plate 14 and the silver plating layer 16 on the anode side and the copper plating plate 14 and the silver plating layer 16 on the cathode side can be plated, for example, by the copper plating plate 14 on the anode side and the silver plating layer 16 and the cathode side. The copper plate 14 and the silver plating layer 16 are isolated, and an insulating layer such as a resin or a ceramic is interposed therebetween.
藍光二極體30是晶粒接合於陽極側及陰極側之任 何一方的鍍銀層16,並經由晶粒接合材32與該鍍銀層16導通著。又,藍光二極體30是引線接合於陽極側及陰極側之任何另外一方的鍍銀層16,並經由接合引線34與該鍍銀層16導通著。 The blue LED 30 is a die bonded to the anode side and the cathode side. The silver plating layer 16 of either side is electrically connected to the silver plating layer 16 via the die bonding material 32. Further, the blue LED 30 is a silver plating layer 16 which is wire-bonded to any one of the anode side and the cathode side, and is electrically connected to the silver plating layer 16 via the bonding wires 34.
反射器20為光反射部,其填充了用以將藍光二極體30密封住的透明密封部40,並將由藍光二極體30所發出的光反射到光半導體裝置1表面側。反射器20以圍繞著藍光二極體30的方式豎立在基板10的表面上,在內側形成了容納藍光二極體30的內側空間22。而且,反射器20具備了光反射面20a、頂面20b及外周面20c。光反射面20a於俯視(參照第2圖)下形成了圓形,圍繞著藍光二極體30形成了容納藍光二極體30的內側空間22。換句話說,藉由圍繞著藍光二極體30之光反射面20a,形成了容納藍光二極體30之內側空間22。頂面20b是鄰接著光反射面20a而位於內側空間22的外側,從光反射面20a的表側端緣向內側空間22的相反側擴展開來。外周面20c於俯視(參照第2圖)下形成了矩形,從基板10的表面10a立起來到頂面20b的外側端緣。雖然光反射面20a及外周面20c的形狀並沒有特別限定,但從提升光半導體裝置1照度的觀點而言,光反射面20a較佳為形成圓錐台形狀(漏斗狀),其隨著遠離基板10而擴徑,而從提升光半導體裝置1集積度的觀點而言,外周面20c較佳為面對基板10形成垂直的四角形。另外,作為光反射面20a的形成例,在圖式中以圖表示出位於基板10側的下部分垂直於基板10,而位於基板10相反側的上部分則隨著遠離基板10而 擴徑。 The reflector 20 is a light reflecting portion filled with a transparent sealing portion 40 for sealing the blue LED 30, and reflects light emitted from the blue diode 30 to the surface side of the optical semiconductor device 1. The reflector 20 is erected on the surface of the substrate 10 in such a manner as to surround the blue LED 30, and an inner space 22 accommodating the blue diode 30 is formed inside. Further, the reflector 20 includes a light reflecting surface 20a, a top surface 20b, and an outer circumferential surface 20c. The light reflecting surface 20a is formed in a circular shape in a plan view (see FIG. 2), and an inner space 22 accommodating the blue LED body 30 is formed around the blue LED body 30. In other words, by surrounding the light reflecting surface 20a of the blue LED 30, the inner space 22 accommodating the blue diode 30 is formed. The top surface 20b is located outside the inner space 22 adjacent to the light reflecting surface 20a, and extends from the front edge of the light reflecting surface 20a toward the opposite side of the inner space 22. The outer peripheral surface 20c has a rectangular shape in plan view (see FIG. 2), and rises from the surface 10a of the substrate 10 to the outer edge of the top surface 20b. The shape of the light reflecting surface 20a and the outer peripheral surface 20c is not particularly limited. However, from the viewpoint of enhancing the illuminance of the optical semiconductor device 1, the light reflecting surface 20a preferably has a truncated cone shape (funnel shape) which is away from the substrate. The diameter is increased by 10, and from the viewpoint of increasing the degree of accumulation of the optical semiconductor device 1, the outer peripheral surface 20c preferably has a rectangular shape facing the substrate 10. Further, as an example of formation of the light reflecting surface 20a, the lower portion on the substrate 10 side is perpendicular to the substrate 10 in the drawing, and the upper portion on the opposite side of the substrate 10 is away from the substrate 10. Expand the diameter.
反射器20是由含有白色顏料的熱硬化性樹脂組成物之硬化物所構成。從反射器20之易於形成性的觀點而言,熱硬化性樹脂組成物較佳為在熱硬化前於室溫(25℃)可加壓成型者。 The reflector 20 is composed of a cured product of a thermosetting resin composition containing a white pigment. From the viewpoint of ease of formation of the reflector 20, the thermosetting resin composition is preferably one which can be press-formed at room temperature (25 ° C) before thermal curing.
作為熱硬化性樹脂組成物中所包含的熱硬化性樹脂,能夠使用環氧樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、胺酯樹脂、氰酸酯樹脂等種種樹脂。特別是環氧樹脂,其較佳是由於對各種材料的黏著性優異。 As the thermosetting resin contained in the thermosetting resin composition, various resins such as an epoxy resin, a polyoxyxylene resin, an amine ester resin, and a cyanate resin can be used. In particular, an epoxy resin is preferred because of its excellent adhesion to various materials.
作為白色顏料,能夠使用氧化鋁、氧化鎂、氧化銻、氧化鈦或氧化鋯等。在此等之中,從光反射性這點而言較佳為氧化鈦。亦可使用無機中空粒子來作為白色顏料。就無機中空粒子的具體例而言,能舉出矽酸鈉玻璃、矽酸鋁玻璃、硼矽酸鈉玻璃、白砂(Shirasu)等。 As the white pigment, alumina, magnesia, cerium oxide, titanium oxide, zirconium oxide or the like can be used. Among these, titanium oxide is preferred from the viewpoint of light reflectivity. Inorganic hollow particles can also be used as the white pigment. Specific examples of the inorganic hollow particles include sodium citrate glass, aluminum silicate glass, sodium borosilicate glass, and white sand (Shirasu).
透明密封部40是填充於藉由反射器20的光反射面20a所形成的內側空間22裡,而將藍光二極體30密封住。此透明密封部40是由具有透光性的透明密封樹脂所構成。透明密封樹脂之中,除了完全透明的樹脂之外,也包含半透明的樹脂。就透明密封樹脂而言,較佳為彈性係數在室溫(25℃)下為1MPa以下者。特別是從透明性這點而言,較佳為採用聚矽氧樹脂或丙烯酸樹脂。透明密封樹脂亦可進一步含有將光線擴散的無機充填材或是螢光體42,該螢光體42將由藍光二極體30所發出的藍光作為激發源而成為白色光。 The transparent sealing portion 40 is filled in the inner space 22 formed by the light reflecting surface 20a of the reflector 20 to seal the blue LED 30. This transparent sealing portion 40 is composed of a transparent sealing resin having light transmissivity. Among the transparent sealing resins, in addition to the completely transparent resin, a translucent resin is also included. In the case of the transparent sealing resin, the modulus of elasticity is preferably 1 MPa or less at room temperature (25 ° C). In particular, from the viewpoint of transparency, a polyoxyxylene resin or an acrylic resin is preferably used. The transparent sealing resin may further contain an inorganic filler or a phosphor 42 that diffuses light, and the phosphor 42 causes blue light emitted from the blue diode 30 as an excitation source to become white light.
抗銀硫化膜70,具有:氣體阻隔層50,其具有源自 於黏土的氣體阻隔性;及,底塗層60,其配置於氣體阻隔層50的下層並具有黏著性。 The anti-silver vulcanization film 70 has a gas barrier layer 50, which has a source The gas barrier property of the clay; and the undercoat layer 60 disposed on the lower layer of the gas barrier layer 50 and having adhesiveness.
氣體阻隔層50,是藉由覆蓋鍍銀層16來抑制鍍銀層16的硫化。氣體阻隔層50是包含黏土的層。作為構成氣體阻隔層50的黏土,不論是天然黏土及合成黏土的任何一種皆能使用,例如,能夠使用斯蒂文石(stevensite)、水輝石(hectorite)、皂石(saponite)、蒙脫石(montmorillonite)及貝德石(beidellite)中的任1種以上。特別是天然黏土的蒙脫石,如第3圖所示,若厚度H在1nm以下、長度L在10nm以上且400nm以下,則由於尺寸比高,氣體的路徑路線變長,因此氣體阻隔性優異。 The gas barrier layer 50 suppresses vulcanization of the silver plating layer 16 by covering the silver plating layer 16. The gas barrier layer 50 is a layer containing clay. As the clay constituting the gas barrier layer 50, any of natural clay and synthetic clay can be used, for example, stevensite, hectorite, saponite, montmorillonite can be used. Any one or more of (montmorillonite) and beidelite. In particular, as shown in Fig. 3, when the thickness H is 1 nm or less and the length L is 10 nm or more and 400 nm or less, the gas path is long, and the gas barrier property is excellent. .
氣體阻隔層50的膜厚,較佳為0.01μm以上且1000μm以下,更佳為0.03μm以上且500μm以下,又更佳為0.05μm以上且100μm以下,再更佳為0.05μm以上且10μm以下,再更佳為0.05μm以上且1μm以下。藉由將氣體阻隔層50的膜厚設在0.01μm以上且1000μm以下,能夠兼具對鍍銀層16的氣體阻隔性與氣體阻隔層50的透明性。此時,藉由將氣體阻隔層50的膜厚設在0.03μm以上且500μm以下、0.05μm以上且100μm以下、0.05μm以上且10μm以下、0.05μm以上且1μm以下,此效果還能夠更加提升。 The film thickness of the gas barrier layer 50 is preferably 0.01 μm or more and 1000 μm or less, more preferably 0.03 μm or more and 500 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.05 μm or more and 100 μm or less. It is preferably 0.05 μm or more and 10 μm or less, and more preferably 0.05 μm or more and 1 μm or less. By setting the film thickness of the gas barrier layer 50 to 0.01 μm or more and 1000 μm or less, the gas barrier properties to the silver plating layer 16 and the transparency of the gas barrier layer 50 can be achieved. In this case, the film thickness of the gas barrier layer 50 is set to 0.03 μm or more and 500 μm or less, 0.05 μm or more and 100 μm or less, 0.05 μm or more, 10 μm or less, and 0.05 μm or more. Below 1 μm , this effect can be further improved.
底塗層60,是藉由配置於反射器20與透明密封部40之間來抑制透明密封部40對反射器20的剝離。就底塗層60而言,較佳為具有黏著性及絕緣性之層,例如能夠使用含矽酸化合物之層。作為矽酸化合物,例如可舉出聚矽氧橡膠 等聚矽氧系樹脂及無機玻璃。 The undercoat layer 60 is disposed between the reflector 20 and the transparent sealing portion 40 to suppress peeling of the reflector 20 by the transparent sealing portion 40. The undercoat layer 60 is preferably a layer having adhesiveness and insulating properties, and for example, a layer containing a phthalic acid compound can be used. As the phthalic acid compound, for example, polyfluorene oxide rubber Polyoxyphthalic resin and inorganic glass.
在本實施形態所使用的矽酸化合物,從藉由其柔軟性而獲得黏著性的觀點而言,線膨脹係數較佳為180ppm~450ppm。藉由線膨脹係數在180ppm以上,會較易於確保源自柔軟性的黏著性,另一方面,藉由線膨脹係數在450ppm以下,例如藉由用於覆蓋或密封的透明密封樹脂則能夠抑制變形發生於底塗層。從由柔軟性所導致之黏著性提高的觀點而言,矽酸化合物更佳是線膨脹係數為200ppm~450ppm者,從提高與用於覆蓋或密封的透明密封樹脂之接着可靠度的觀點而言,又更佳為200ppm~350ppm者。 The tantalum acid compound used in the present embodiment has a linear expansion coefficient of preferably from 180 ppm to 450 ppm from the viewpoint of obtaining adhesiveness by flexibility. When the coefficient of linear expansion is 180 ppm or more, it is easier to ensure adhesiveness derived from softness, and on the other hand, deformation can be suppressed by a linear expansion coefficient of 450 ppm or less, for example, by a transparent sealing resin for covering or sealing. Occurs in the base coat. The tannic acid compound is more preferably a linear expansion coefficient of from 200 ppm to 450 ppm from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion due to flexibility, from the viewpoint of improving the reliability with respect to the transparent sealing resin for covering or sealing. More preferably, it is 200ppm~350ppm.
在本實施形態所使用的矽酸化合物,從確保絕緣性的觀點而言,體積電阻率較佳為1010~1016Ω.cm,從提高絕緣性的觀點而言,更佳為1012~1016Ω.cm,又更佳為1013~1016Ω.cm。另外,矽酸化合物的體積電阻率,是指針對體積電阻率測定試驗片,依照JIS C2139所測定出來的值,該體積電阻率測定試驗片是將矽酸化合物3g塗布於附銅電極之基板,並於150℃予以乾燥3小時而獲得。 The niobic acid compound used in the present embodiment has a volume resistivity of preferably 10 10 to 10 16 Ω from the viewpoint of ensuring insulation. Cm, more preferably 10 12 ~ 10 16 Ω from the viewpoint of improving insulation. Cm, and more preferably 10 13 ~ 10 16 Ω. Cm. In addition, the volume resistivity of the citric acid compound is a value measured by a volume resistivity measurement test piece according to JIS C2139, and the volume resistivity measurement test piece is a substrate in which 3 g of a phthalic acid compound is applied to a copper-attached electrode. It was obtained by drying at 150 ° C for 3 hours.
底塗層60的膜厚,從黏著性的觀點而言較佳為10nm~1000nm,從耐水性的觀點而言更佳為30nm~1000nm,從有效地展現氣體阻隔層50的氣體阻隔性的觀點而言又更佳為30~500nm。 The film thickness of the undercoat layer 60 is preferably from 10 nm to 1000 nm from the viewpoint of adhesion, and more preferably from 30 nm to 1000 nm from the viewpoint of water resistance, from the viewpoint of effectively exhibiting gas barrier properties of the gas barrier layer 50. More preferably, it is 30 to 500 nm.
氣體阻隔層50,能夠藉由將經溶劑稀釋上述黏土而成的黏土稀釋液滴入或散布至反射器20的內側空間22後,去除溶劑及/或是進行硬化而形成。 The gas barrier layer 50 can be formed by diluting or dispersing a clay obtained by diluting the clay with a solvent into the inner space 22 of the reflector 20, removing the solvent, and/or hardening.
底塗層60,能夠利用將經溶劑稀釋上述矽酸化合物而成的底塗稀釋液滴入或散布至反射器20的內側空間22後,去除溶劑及/或是進行硬化而形成。 The undercoat layer 60 can be formed by dropping or dispersing a primer which is obtained by diluting the above-described citric acid compound with a solvent into the inner space 22 of the reflector 20, removing the solvent, and/or hardening.
然後,藉由將氣體阻隔層50疊層到底塗層60上,隨著能夠確保透明性,並提升抗銀硫化膜70的耐水性及對鍍銀層16的黏著力,而能夠抑制在用於覆蓋或密封的透明密封部40與光反射面20a之間的剝離。 Then, by laminating the gas barrier layer 50 on the undercoat layer 60, it is possible to suppress the water resistance of the anti-silver vulcanization film 70 and the adhesion to the silver plating layer 16 as the transparency can be ensured and the adhesion to the silver plating layer 16 can be improved. Peeling between the covered or sealed transparent sealing portion 40 and the light reflecting surface 20a.
氣體阻隔層50及底塗層60的具體配置,如同以下所述。底塗層60形成於鍍銀層16及光反射面20a的整個面,氣體阻隔層50則覆蓋在鍍銀層16及光反射面20a的一部分。底塗層60之中,形成在光反射面20a上的部分,稱為底塗層反射面部60a。底塗層反射面部60a,形成了氣體阻隔層50所疊層的覆蓋部、與氣體阻隔層50所沒有疊層的暴露部U,而底塗層60的暴露部U接觸到透明密封部40。另外,氣體阻隔層50,只要有覆蓋著鍍銀層16即可,不管是否有覆蓋著藍光二極體30皆可。 The specific configuration of the gas barrier layer 50 and the undercoat layer 60 is as follows. The undercoat layer 60 is formed on the entire surface of the silver plating layer 16 and the light reflecting surface 20a, and the gas barrier layer 50 covers a portion of the silver plating layer 16 and the light reflecting surface 20a. Among the undercoat layers 60, a portion formed on the light reflecting surface 20a is referred to as an undercoat reflecting surface portion 60a. The undercoat layer reflects the surface portion 60a to form a cover portion on which the gas barrier layer 50 is laminated, and an exposed portion U which is not laminated with the gas barrier layer 50, and the exposed portion U of the undercoat layer 60 contacts the transparent seal portion 40. In addition, the gas barrier layer 50 may be covered with the silver plating layer 16, regardless of whether or not the blue LED body 30 is covered.
暴露部U對底塗層反射面部60a之面積比例(以下稱為「暴露部U之面積比例」)並沒有特別限定,但較佳是設為1~99%,更佳是設為5~95%,特佳是設為10~90%。藉由將暴露部U之面積比例設在1%以上,能夠確保底塗層60與透明密封部40的接合強度。並且,藉由將暴露部U之面積比例設在5%以上,更進一步設在10%以上,能夠更加提升此效果。藉由將暴露部U之面積比例設在99%以下,能夠易於進行氣體阻隔層50的覆蓋。並且,藉由將暴露部U之面 積比例設在95%以下,更進一步設在90%以下,能夠更加提升此效果。 The ratio of the area of the exposed portion U to the undercoat reflection surface portion 60a (hereinafter referred to as the "area ratio of the exposed portion U") is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 99%, more preferably 5 to 95. %, especially good is set to 10~90%. By setting the area ratio of the exposed portion U to 1% or more, the bonding strength between the undercoat layer 60 and the transparent sealing portion 40 can be ensured. Further, by setting the area ratio of the exposed portion U to 5% or more and further setting it to 10% or more, this effect can be further enhanced. By setting the area ratio of the exposed portion U to 99% or less, the gas barrier layer 50 can be easily covered. And by the surface of the exposed portion U The product ratio is set below 95%, and further set below 90%, which can further enhance this effect.
順帶一提,使用了上述黏土的氣體阻隔層50,只要有0.01μm以上且1000μm以下的膜厚,就具有充分的透光性。因此,即使以氣體阻隔層50覆蓋光反射面20a,對於反射器20的反射特性沒有太大的影響。而且,天然黏土也就是蒙脫石的薄膜,有著將藍光之頻帶增幅的作用。因此,藉由以使用了天然黏土也就是蒙脫石的氣體阻隔層50來覆蓋光反射面20a,而增大了由藍光二極體30所發出的藍光的反射效率。 Incidentally, the gas barrier layer 50 using the above-described clay has sufficient light transmittance as long as it has a film thickness of 0.01 μm or more and 1000 μm or less. Therefore, even if the light reflecting surface 20a is covered with the gas barrier layer 50, it does not have much influence on the reflection characteristics of the reflector 20. Moreover, natural clay is also a film of montmorillonite, which has the effect of increasing the frequency band of blue light. Therefore, the reflection efficiency of the blue light emitted by the blue LED 30 is increased by covering the light reflecting surface 20a with the gas barrier layer 50 using natural clay, that is, montmorillonite.
其次,參照第4圖、第5圖及第1圖,針對在光半導體裝置1之製造方法中,抗銀硫化膜70之形成方法及透明密封部40之填充方法進行說明。第4圖是用以說明底塗層之形成方法的圖。第5圖是用以說明氣體阻隔層的覆蓋方法的圖。 Next, a method of forming the silver-resistant vulcanization film 70 and a method of filling the transparent sealing portion 40 in the method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 4, 5, and 1 . Fig. 4 is a view for explaining a method of forming an undercoat layer. Fig. 5 is a view for explaining a method of covering a gas barrier layer.
首先,如第4圖之(a)所示,將底塗稀釋液M滴入或散布至反射器20的內側空間22裡。此時,如第4圖之(a)所示,調節底塗稀釋液M的滴入量或散布量,以底塗稀釋液M覆蓋光反射面20a的整個面。之後,使底塗稀釋液M的溶劑加以乾燥。於是,如第4圖之(b)所示,在以底塗稀釋液M覆蓋的範圍的整個面,換句話說,在鍍銀層16、藍光二極體30及光反射面20a的整個面,形成了底塗層60。 First, as shown in (a) of Fig. 4, the primer dilution liquid M is dropped or dispersed into the inner space 22 of the reflector 20. At this time, as shown in (a) of Fig. 4, the amount or amount of dripping of the primer D is adjusted, and the entire surface of the light reflecting surface 20a is covered with the primer D. Thereafter, the solvent of the primer D is dried. Then, as shown in Fig. 4(b), the entire surface of the range covered with the primer D, in other words, the entire surface of the silver plating layer 16, the blue LED 30, and the light reflecting surface 20a. An undercoat layer 60 is formed.
底塗層60形成後,如第5圖之(a)所示,將黏土稀釋液L滴入或散布至反射器20的內側空間22裡。此時, 用鍍銀層16全部以黏土稀釋液L覆蓋,且光反射面20a的一部分以黏土稀釋液L覆蓋的方式(光反射面20a的一部分未以黏土稀釋液L覆蓋的方式),調節黏土稀釋液L的滴入量或散布量。之後,使黏土稀釋液L的溶劑加以乾燥。於是,如第5圖的(b)所示,在以黏土稀釋液L覆蓋的範圍的整個面,換句話說,在鍍銀層16、藍光二極體30及底塗層反射面部60a的一部分,氣體阻隔層50疊層於底塗層60上。 After the undercoat layer 60 is formed, as shown in (a) of FIG. 5, the clay diluent L is dropped or dispersed into the inner space 22 of the reflector 20. at this time, The silver plating layer 16 is entirely covered with the clay diluent L, and a part of the light reflecting surface 20a is covered with the clay diluent L (a part of the light reflecting surface 20a is not covered with the clay diluent L), and the clay diluent is adjusted. The amount of instillation or the amount of dispersion of L. Thereafter, the solvent of the clay diluent L is dried. Then, as shown in (b) of Fig. 5, in the entire surface of the range covered with the clay diluent L, in other words, a part of the silver plating layer 16, the blue LED 30, and the undercoat reflection surface 60a. The gas barrier layer 50 is laminated on the undercoat layer 60.
氣體阻隔層50形成了後,如第1圖所示,將包含螢光體42的透明密封部40填充於內側空間22裡,以此透明密封部40將藍光二極體30密封住。此時,如第5圖之(b)所示,由於在暴露部U上沒有疊層氣體阻隔層50,故透明密封部40在底塗層反射面部60a之中與暴露部U接觸著。藉此,獲得了光反射面20a的一部分也就是暴露部U與透明密封部40接合著的光半導體裝置1。 After the gas barrier layer 50 is formed, as shown in Fig. 1, the transparent sealing portion 40 including the phosphor 42 is filled in the inner space 22, and the transparent sealing portion 40 seals the blue diode 30. At this time, as shown in FIG. 5(b), since the gas barrier layer 50 is not laminated on the exposed portion U, the transparent sealing portion 40 is in contact with the exposed portion U in the undercoat reflection surface portion 60a. Thereby, a part of the light reflecting surface 20a, that is, the optical semiconductor device 1 in which the exposed portion U and the transparent sealing portion 40 are joined is obtained.
如此一來,若根據本實施形態的光半導體裝置1,由於鍍銀層16以具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性之氣體阻隔層50覆蓋著,故能夠抑制鍍銀層16的硫化。藉此,鍍銀層16能夠大幅抑制因黑色化而導致之光半導體裝置1的照度降低。然後,就抗銀硫化膜70而言,藉由將具有黏著性的底塗層配置於氣體阻隔層50的下層,並使透明密封部40接觸到此底塗層60,相較於沒有底塗層60的情況或是底塗層60與透明密封樹脂沒有接觸的情況,能夠抑制透明密封部40的剝離。 As described above, according to the optical semiconductor device 1 of the present embodiment, since the silver plating layer 16 is covered with the gas barrier layer 50 having gas barrier properties derived from clay, vulcanization of the silver plating layer 16 can be suppressed. Thereby, the silver plating layer 16 can greatly suppress the decrease in the illuminance of the optical semiconductor device 1 due to blackening. Then, in the anti-silver vulcanization film 70, by disposing the adhesive undercoat layer on the lower layer of the gas barrier layer 50 and bringing the transparent sealing portion 40 into contact with the undercoat layer 60, there is no undercoating. In the case of the layer 60 or in the case where the undercoat layer 60 is not in contact with the transparent sealing resin, peeling of the transparent sealing portion 40 can be suppressed.
又,由於內側空間22小,難以將黏土稀釋液L及底 塗稀釋液M僅滴入或散布在鍍銀層16上。於是,氣體阻隔層50及底塗層60,在容許覆蓋光反射面20a的情況下,能夠易於進行氣體阻隔層50及底塗層60對鍍銀層16的覆蓋。而且,即使有這種情況,由於在底塗層反射面部60a之暴露部U上透明密封部40與底塗層60接觸著,故能夠抑制透明密封部40的剝離。 Moreover, since the inner space 22 is small, it is difficult to make the clay diluent L and the bottom. The coating diluent M is only dropped or dispersed on the silver plating layer 16. Therefore, when the gas barrier layer 50 and the undercoat layer 60 are allowed to cover the light reflecting surface 20a, the gas barrier layer 50 and the undercoat layer 60 can be easily covered with the silver plating layer 16. Further, even in this case, since the transparent sealing portion 40 is in contact with the undercoat layer 60 on the exposed portion U of the undercoat reflective surface portion 60a, peeling of the transparent sealing portion 40 can be suppressed.
又,光反射面20a反射了由藍光二極體30所發出的光而從光半導體裝置1輸出,但由於具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性的氣體阻隔層50,有著將藍光之頻帶增幅的作用,藉由以氣體阻隔層50覆蓋光反射面20a,能夠增大由藍光二極體30所發出之藍光的反射效率。 Further, the light reflecting surface 20a reflects the light emitted from the blue LED 30 and is output from the optical semiconductor device 1. However, since the gas barrier layer 50 having gas barrier properties derived from clay has an increase in the frequency band of the blue light. By covering the light reflecting surface 20a with the gas barrier layer 50, the reflection efficiency of the blue light emitted by the blue LED 30 can be increased.
其次,針對第2實施形態來說明。第2實施形態,基本上與第1實施形態相同,僅在氣體阻隔層的形成位置與第1實施形態不同。因此,在以下的說明中,僅說明與第1實施形態不同之事項,而省略與第1實施形態相同的說明。 Next, the second embodiment will be described. The second embodiment is basically the same as the first embodiment, and only the position at which the gas barrier layer is formed is different from that of the first embodiment. Therefore, in the following description, only the differences from the first embodiment will be described, and the same description as the first embodiment will be omitted.
第6圖是第2實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。如第6圖所示,第2實施形態的光半導體裝置2具備了抗銀硫化膜72,來取代第1實施形態的抗銀硫化膜70。 Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to a second embodiment. As shown in Fig. 6, the optical semiconductor device 2 of the second embodiment is provided with an anti-silver vulcanization film 72 instead of the anti-silver vulcanization film 70 of the first embodiment.
抗銀硫化膜72具備了氣體阻隔層52與底塗層60。氣體阻隔層52,基本上與氣體阻隔層50相同,但在沒有覆蓋光反射面20a這點上,與氣體阻隔層50不同。換句話說,氣體阻隔層52,沒有疊層至底塗層反射面部60a上,底塗層反 射面部60a對氣體阻隔層52是暴露出整個面。因此,透明密封部40與底塗層反射面部60a的整個面接觸著。另外,氣體阻隔層52,只要有覆蓋著鍍銀層16即可,不管是否有覆蓋著藍光二極體30皆可。 The silver-resistant vulcanization film 72 is provided with a gas barrier layer 52 and an undercoat layer 60. The gas barrier layer 52 is substantially the same as the gas barrier layer 50, but is different from the gas barrier layer 50 in that it does not cover the light reflecting surface 20a. In other words, the gas barrier layer 52 is not laminated to the undercoat reflective surface 60a, and the undercoat layer is reversed. The emitting surface portion 60a exposes the entire surface of the gas barrier layer 52. Therefore, the transparent sealing portion 40 is in contact with the entire surface of the undercoat reflection surface portion 60a. In addition, the gas barrier layer 52 may be covered with the silver plating layer 16, regardless of whether or not the blue LED body 30 is covered.
第7圖是用以說明氣體阻隔層的覆蓋方法的圖。如第7圖之(a)所示,底塗層60形成後,將黏土稀釋液L滴入或散布至反射器20的內側空間22裡。此時,鍍銀層16的整個面被黏土稀釋液L覆蓋,但光反射面20a及底塗層反射面部60a沒有以黏土稀釋液L覆蓋的方式,調節黏土稀釋液L的滴入量或散布量。之後,使黏土稀釋液L的溶劑加以乾燥。於是,如第7圖之(b)所示,在以黏土稀釋液L覆蓋的範圍的整個面,換句話說,在鍍銀層16與藍光二極體30的整個面,氣體阻隔層52疊層於底塗層60上。 Fig. 7 is a view for explaining a method of covering a gas barrier layer. As shown in (a) of FIG. 7, after the undercoat layer 60 is formed, the clay diluent L is dropped or dispersed into the inner space 22 of the reflector 20. At this time, the entire surface of the silver plating layer 16 is covered with the clay diluent L, but the light reflecting surface 20a and the undercoat reflecting surface portion 60a are not covered with the clay diluent L, and the amount or dispersion of the clay diluent L is adjusted. the amount. Thereafter, the solvent of the clay diluent L is dried. Then, as shown in (b) of Fig. 7, on the entire surface of the range covered with the clay diluent L, in other words, on the entire surface of the silver plating layer 16 and the blue LED 30, the gas barrier layer 52 is stacked. The layer is on the undercoat layer 60.
如此一來,若根據第2實施形態,由於氣體阻隔層52於光反射面20a上並沒有疊層至底塗層60上,因此能夠擴大透明密封部40與底塗層60的接觸面積,而能夠更加抑制透明密封部40的剝離。 According to the second embodiment, since the gas barrier layer 52 is not laminated on the undercoat layer 60 on the light reflecting surface 20a, the contact area between the transparent sealing portion 40 and the undercoat layer 60 can be increased. The peeling of the transparent sealing portion 40 can be further suppressed.
其次,針對第3實施形態來說明。第3實施形態,基本上與第1實施形態相同,僅在底塗層及氣體阻隔層的形成位置與第1實施形態不同。因此,在以下的說明中,僅說明與第1實施形態不同之事項,而省略與第1實施形態相同的說明。 Next, the third embodiment will be described. The third embodiment is basically the same as the first embodiment, and only the positions at which the undercoat layer and the gas barrier layer are formed are different from those of the first embodiment. Therefore, in the following description, only the differences from the first embodiment will be described, and the same description as the first embodiment will be omitted.
第8圖是第3實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。如第8圖所示,第3實施形態的光半導體裝置3具備了抗銀硫化膜73,來取代第1實施形態的抗銀硫化膜70。 Fig. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to a third embodiment. As shown in Fig. 8, the optical semiconductor device 3 of the third embodiment is provided with an anti-silver vulcanization film 73 instead of the anti-silver vulcanization film 70 of the first embodiment.
抗銀硫化膜73具備了底塗層63與氣體阻隔層53。 The silver-resistant vulcanization film 73 is provided with an undercoat layer 63 and a gas barrier layer 53.
底塗層63基本上與底塗層60相同,但在沒有形成於整個面的光反射面20a上這點與底塗層60不同。在底塗層63中,將形成於光反射面20a上的部分稱為底塗層反射面部63a。又,在光反射面20a中,將頂面20b側的端部稱為上端部20d。然後,在光反射面20a中,底塗層63僅形成於除了上端部20d以外的部分,在此上端部20d上沒有形成底塗層63。換句話說,底塗層反射面部63a是從鍍銀層16開始沿著光反射面20a延伸到頂面20b的跟前為止。 The undercoat layer 63 is substantially the same as the undercoat layer 60, but is different from the undercoat layer 60 in that it is not formed on the light reflecting surface 20a of the entire surface. In the undercoat layer 63, a portion formed on the light reflecting surface 20a is referred to as an undercoat reflecting surface portion 63a. Further, in the light reflecting surface 20a, the end on the top surface 20b side is referred to as an upper end portion 20d. Then, in the light reflecting surface 20a, the undercoat layer 63 is formed only at a portion other than the upper end portion 20d, and the undercoat layer 63 is not formed on the upper end portion 20d. In other words, the undercoat reflection surface portion 63a extends from the silver plating layer 16 along the light reflection surface 20a to the front side of the top surface 20b.
氣體阻隔層53基本上與氣體阻隔層50相同,但在光反射面20a上,疊層於大略整體的底塗層反射面部63a上這點與氣體阻隔層50不同。然後,沿著光反射面20a延伸的底塗層反射面部63a的前緣面63b,換句話說,底塗層反射面部63a之頂面20b側的前緣面63b,從氣體阻隔層53暴露出來,此前緣面63b與透明密封部40接觸著。 The gas barrier layer 53 is substantially the same as the gas barrier layer 50, but is different from the gas barrier layer 50 on the light-reflecting surface 20a which is laminated on the substantially entire undercoat reflection surface 63a. Then, the leading edge surface 63b of the undercoat layer reflecting surface portion 63a extending along the light reflecting surface 20a, in other words, the leading edge surface 63b on the top surface 20b side of the undercoat layer reflecting surface portion 63a, is exposed from the gas barrier layer 53 The front edge surface 63b is in contact with the transparent sealing portion 40.
作為將底塗層反射面部63a的前緣面63b從氣體阻隔層53暴露出來的方法而言,例如可舉出如下的方法:形成底塗層63後,以黏土稀釋液L不會覆蓋到前緣面63b的程度,將黏土稀釋液L滴入或散布至內側空間22裡,並使黏土稀釋液L的溶劑加以乾燥。 As a method of exposing the leading edge surface 63b of the undercoat reflection surface portion 63a from the gas barrier layer 53, for example, a method in which the undercoat layer 63 is formed and the clay diluent L is not covered before To the extent of the rim surface 63b, the clay diluent L is dropped or dispersed into the inner space 22, and the solvent of the clay diluent L is dried.
如此一來,若根據第3實施形態,即使氣體阻隔層 53疊層了大略整體的底塗層反射面部63a,因為沿著光反射面20a延伸的底塗層反射面部63a的前緣面63b與透明密封樹脂接觸著,而能夠抑制透明密封部40的剝離。 In this way, according to the third embodiment, even the gas barrier layer The base layer reflection surface portion 63a is formed by laminating a substantially entire base, and the front edge surface 63b of the undercoat reflection surface portion 63a extending along the light reflection surface 20a is in contact with the transparent sealing resin, whereby peeling of the transparent sealing portion 40 can be suppressed. .
其次,針對第4實施形態來說明。第4實施形態,基本上與第1實施形態相同,僅在底塗層、氣體阻隔層及透明密封樹脂的形成位置與第1實施形態不同。因此,在以下的說明中,僅說明與第1實施形態不同之事項,而省略與第1實施形態相同的說明。 Next, the fourth embodiment will be described. The fourth embodiment is basically the same as the first embodiment except that the positions at which the undercoat layer, the gas barrier layer, and the transparent sealing resin are formed are different from those of the first embodiment. Therefore, in the following description, only the differences from the first embodiment will be described, and the same description as the first embodiment will be omitted.
第9圖是第4實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。如第9圖所示,第4實施形態的光半導體裝置4具備了底塗層64、氣體阻隔層54及透明密封樹脂44,來取代第1實施形態的底塗層60、氣體阻隔層50及透明密封部40。 Fig. 9 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to a fourth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 9, the optical semiconductor device 4 of the fourth embodiment includes the undercoat layer 64, the gas barrier layer 54, and the transparent sealing resin 44 instead of the undercoat layer 60 and the gas barrier layer 50 of the first embodiment. Transparent sealing portion 40.
底塗層64基本上與底塗層60相同,但在形成超過光反射面20a直至頂面20b為止這點與底塗層60不同。在底塗層64中,將形成在光反射面20a上的部分稱為底塗層反射面部64a,形成在頂面20b上的部分稱為底塗層頂面部64b。 The undercoat layer 64 is substantially the same as the undercoat layer 60, but is different from the undercoat layer 60 in that it is formed beyond the light reflecting surface 20a up to the top surface 20b. In the undercoat layer 64, a portion formed on the light reflecting surface 20a is referred to as an undercoat reflecting surface portion 64a, and a portion formed on the top surface 20b is referred to as an undercoat top portion 64b.
氣體阻隔層54基本上與氣體阻隔層50相同,但在疊層於整體的底塗層反射面部64a上這點與氣體阻隔層50不同。惟,氣體阻隔層54沒有覆蓋至底塗層頂面部64b。因此,底塗層頂面部64b,從氣體阻隔層54暴露出來。 The gas barrier layer 54 is substantially the same as the gas barrier layer 50, but is different from the gas barrier layer 50 in that it is laminated on the entire undercoat reflection surface 64a. However, the gas barrier layer 54 does not cover the undercoat top surface portion 64b. Therefore, the undercoat top surface portion 64b is exposed from the gas barrier layer 54.
透明密封樹脂44基本上與透明密封部40相同,但超過反射器20的內側空間到達頂面20b。然後,透明密封樹 脂44以接觸著底塗層頂面部64b的狀態,將底塗層頂面部64b密封住。 The transparent sealing resin 44 is substantially the same as the transparent sealing portion 40, but exceeds the inner space of the reflector 20 to reach the top surface 20b. Then, the transparent seal tree The grease 44 seals the undercoat top surface portion 64b in a state of being in contact with the undercoat top surface portion 64b.
如此一來,若根據第4實施形態,即使氣體阻隔層54疊層於底塗層反射面部64a的整體,因為形成了底塗層頂面部64b,並使此底塗層頂面部64b與透明密封樹脂44接觸,而能夠抑制透明密封樹脂44的剝離。 As described above, according to the fourth embodiment, even if the gas barrier layer 54 is laminated on the entirety of the undercoat reflection surface portion 64a, since the undercoat top surface portion 64b is formed, the undercoat top surface portion 64b and the transparent seal are formed. The resin 44 is in contact with each other, and peeling of the transparent sealing resin 44 can be suppressed.
又,由於內側空間22小,難以將黏土稀釋液L及底塗稀釋液M僅滴入或散布在鍍銀層16上。於是,氣體阻隔層54及底塗層64,在容許覆蓋光反射面20a的整個面的情況下,能夠易於進行氣體阻隔層54及底塗層64對鍍銀層16的覆蓋。而且,即使有這種情況,由於透明密封部40與底塗層頂面部64b接觸著,故能夠抑制透明密封部40的剝離。 Further, since the inner space 22 is small, it is difficult to drip or spread the clay diluent L and the primer dilution liquid M only on the silver plating layer 16. Therefore, when the gas barrier layer 54 and the undercoat layer 64 are allowed to cover the entire surface of the light reflecting surface 20a, the gas barrier layer 54 and the undercoat layer 64 can be easily covered with the silver plating layer 16. Further, even in this case, since the transparent sealing portion 40 is in contact with the undercoat top surface portion 64b, peeling of the transparent sealing portion 40 can be suppressed.
以上,是針對本發明的一態樣的適宜的實施形態來說明,但本發明並不限定於上述實施形態。 The above is a description of a preferred embodiment of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment.
例如,在上述實施形態,雖然基體12與反射器20是以個別構件來說明,但亦可形成為一體。 For example, in the above embodiment, the base 12 and the reflector 20 are described as individual members, but they may be integrally formed.
又,在上述實施形態,作為接合於光半導體裝置1的發光二極體,雖然是以採用發出藍色光的藍光二極體30來說明,但亦可以採用發出藍色以外之光的發光二極體。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the light-emitting diode to be bonded to the optical semiconductor device 1 is described by using the blue diode 30 that emits blue light, but a light-emitting diode that emits light other than blue may be used. body.
以下,參照圖式,針對此實施形態的光半導體裝置及其製造方法之適宜的實施形態來詳細說明。另外,全部圖中,對於相同或相當的部分將給予相同的符號。 Hereinafter, a preferred embodiment of the optical semiconductor device and the method of manufacturing the same according to the embodiment will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In addition, the same symbols will be given to the same or corresponding parts throughout the drawings.
如第10圖及第11圖所示,此實施形態的光半導體裝置101,一般是分類到「表面構裝型」。此光半導體裝置101,其具備:基板110、接合於基板110的表面上之藍光二極體130、以圍繞藍光二極體130的方式設置於基板110的表面上之反射器120、填充於反射器120中並將藍光二極體130密封住之透明密封部140、及將鍍銀層116覆蓋住之氣體阻隔層150。另外,在第11圖中,省略了透明密封部140的圖示。另外,本實施形態中所謂「將鍍銀層116覆蓋住」,是指直接地或間接地將鍍銀層116覆蓋住。間接地將鍍銀層116覆蓋住,是指例如在與鍍銀層116之間,隔著其他構件來覆蓋。 As shown in FIGS. 10 and 11, the optical semiconductor device 101 of this embodiment is generally classified into a "surface structure type". The optical semiconductor device 101 includes a substrate 110, a blue LED 130 bonded to the surface of the substrate 110, and a reflector 120 disposed on the surface of the substrate 110 so as to surround the blue LED 130. The transparent sealing portion 140 of the device 120 and the blue LED 130 is sealed, and the gas barrier layer 150 covering the silver plating layer 116. In addition, in FIG. 11, the illustration of the transparent sealing part 140 is abbreviate|omitted. In the present embodiment, "covering the silver plating layer 116" means directly or indirectly covering the silver plating layer 116. Intermittently covering the silver-plated layer 116 means, for example, between the silver-plated layer 116 and the other member.
基板110,是鍍銅板114在絕緣性的基體112的表面上進行了配線,而鍍銀層116形成於鍍銅板114的表面上。惟基板110的結構並不限定於此,可適當變更。鍍銀層116配置於基板110的表面上,成為與藍光二極體130導通的電極。另外,鍍銀層116,只要是含有銀的鍍層不管是如何的組成皆可。例如,亦可藉由僅鍍覆銀來形成鍍銀層116,亦可藉由以鎳及銀這樣的順序進行鍍覆來形成鍍銀層116。鍍銅板114及鍍銀層116,在陽極側與陰極側受到絕緣。陽極側的鍍銅板114及鍍銀層116與陰極側的鍍銅板114及鍍銀層116之間的絕緣,例如,能夠藉由使陽極側的鍍銅板114及鍍銀層116與陰極側的鍍銅板114及鍍銀層116隔離,並適當地在那之間插入樹脂及陶瓷等絕緣層來進行。 In the substrate 110, the copper plate 114 is wired on the surface of the insulating base 112, and the silver plating layer 116 is formed on the surface of the copper plate 114. However, the configuration of the substrate 110 is not limited thereto, and can be appropriately changed. The silver plating layer 116 is disposed on the surface of the substrate 110 and serves as an electrode that is electrically connected to the blue LED 130. Further, the silver plating layer 116 may be any composition as long as it is a plating layer containing silver. For example, the silver plating layer 116 may be formed by plating only silver, or the silver plating layer 116 may be formed by plating in the order of nickel and silver. The copper plate 114 and the silver plating layer 116 are insulated on the anode side and the cathode side. The insulation between the copper plating plate 114 and the silver plating layer 116 on the anode side and the copper plating plate 114 and the silver plating layer 116 on the cathode side can be plated, for example, by the copper plating plate 114 and the silver plating layer 116 on the anode side and the cathode side. The copper plate 114 and the silver plating layer 116 are separated, and an insulating layer such as a resin or a ceramic is interposed therebetween.
藍光二極體130是晶粒接合於陽極側及陰極側之任何一方的鍍銀層116,並經由晶粒接合材132與該鍍銀層116 導通著。又,藍光二極體130是引線接合於陽極側及陰極側之任何另外一方的鍍銀層116,並經由接合引線134與該鍍銀層116導通著。 The blue LED 130 is a silver plating layer 116 bonded to either one of the anode side and the cathode side, and is bonded to the silver plating layer 116 via the die bonding material 132. Conducted. Further, the blue LED 130 is a silver plating layer 116 which is wire-bonded to any one of the anode side and the cathode side, and is electrically connected to the silver plating layer 116 via the bonding wires 134.
反射器120為一光反射部,其填充了用以將藍光二極體130密封住的透明密封部140,並將由藍光二極體130所發出的光反射到光半導體裝置101表面側。反射器120以圍繞著藍光二極體130的方式豎立在基板110的表面上,在內側形成了容納藍光二極體130的內側空間122。因此,於內側空間122中的基板110之相反側,成為內側空間122的開口124。而且,反射器120具備了光反射面120a、頂面120b與外周面120c。光反射面120a於俯視(參照第11圖)下形成了圓形,圍繞著藍光二極體130形成了容納藍光二極體130的內側空間122。換句話說,藉由圍繞著藍光二極體130之光反射面120a,形成了容納藍光二極體130之內側空間122。頂面120b是鄰接著光反射面120a而位於內側空間122的外側,從光反射面120a的表側端緣向內側空間122的相反側擴展開來。外周面120c於俯視(參照第11圖)下形成了矩形,從基板110的表面110a立起來到頂面120b的外側端緣。光反射面120a及外周面120c的形狀並沒有特別限定,但從提升光半導體裝置101照度的觀點而言,光反射面120a較佳為形成圓錐台形狀(漏斗狀),其隨著遠離基板110而擴徑,從提升光半導體裝置101集積度的觀點而言,外周面120c較佳為面對著基板110形成垂直的四角形。另外,作為光反射面120a的形成例,在圖式中以圖表示出位於基板110側的下 部分垂直於基板110,而位於基板110相反側的上部分則隨著遠離基板110而擴徑。 The reflector 120 is a light reflecting portion filled with a transparent sealing portion 140 for sealing the blue LED 130, and reflects light emitted from the blue diode 130 to the surface side of the optical semiconductor device 101. The reflector 120 is erected on the surface of the substrate 110 in such a manner as to surround the blue LED 130, and an inner space 122 accommodating the blue diode 130 is formed inside. Therefore, on the opposite side of the substrate 110 in the inner space 122, the opening 124 of the inner space 122 is formed. Further, the reflector 120 includes a light reflecting surface 120a, a top surface 120b, and an outer circumferential surface 120c. The light reflecting surface 120a is formed in a circular shape in plan view (refer to FIG. 11), and an inner space 122 accommodating the blue LED 130 is formed around the blue LED 130. In other words, the inner space 122 accommodating the blue LED 130 is formed by surrounding the light reflecting surface 120a of the blue LED 130. The top surface 120b is located outside the inner space 122 adjacent to the light reflecting surface 120a, and extends from the front edge of the light reflecting surface 120a toward the opposite side of the inner space 122. The outer peripheral surface 120c is formed in a rectangular shape in plan view (see FIG. 11), and rises from the surface 110a of the substrate 110 to the outer edge of the top surface 120b. The shape of the light reflecting surface 120a and the outer peripheral surface 120c is not particularly limited. However, from the viewpoint of enhancing the illuminance of the optical semiconductor device 101, the light reflecting surface 120a preferably has a truncated cone shape (funnel shape) which is away from the substrate 110. Further, from the viewpoint of increasing the degree of accumulation of the optical semiconductor device 101, the outer peripheral surface 120c preferably forms a vertical quadrangle facing the substrate 110. In addition, as an example of formation of the light reflecting surface 120a, the figure is shown below the substrate 110 side in the drawing. The portion is perpendicular to the substrate 110, and the upper portion on the opposite side of the substrate 110 is expanded in diameter as it moves away from the substrate 110.
反射器120是由含有白色顏料的熱硬化性樹脂組成物之硬化物所構成。從反射器120之易於形成性的觀點而言,熱硬化性樹脂組成物較佳為在熱硬化前於室溫(25℃)可加壓成型者。 The reflector 120 is composed of a cured product of a thermosetting resin composition containing a white pigment. From the viewpoint of ease of formation of the reflector 120, the thermosetting resin composition is preferably one which can be press-formed at room temperature (25 ° C) before thermal curing.
作為熱硬化性樹脂組成物中所包含的熱硬化性樹脂,能夠使用環氧樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、胺酯樹脂、氰酸酯樹脂等種種樹脂。特別是環氧樹脂,其較佳是由於對各種材料的黏著性優異。 As the thermosetting resin contained in the thermosetting resin composition, various resins such as an epoxy resin, a polyoxyxylene resin, an amine ester resin, and a cyanate resin can be used. In particular, an epoxy resin is preferred because of its excellent adhesion to various materials.
作為白色顏料,能夠使用氧化鋁、氧化鎂、氧化銻、氧化鈦或氧化鋯等。在此等之中從光反射性這點而言較佳為氧化鈦。亦可使用無機中空粒子來作為白色顏料。就無機中空粒子的具體例而言,可舉出矽酸鈉玻璃、矽酸鋁玻璃、硼矽酸鈉玻璃、白砂等。 As the white pigment, alumina, magnesia, cerium oxide, titanium oxide, zirconium oxide or the like can be used. Among these, titanium oxide is preferred from the viewpoint of light reflectivity. Inorganic hollow particles can also be used as the white pigment. Specific examples of the inorganic hollow particles include sodium citrate glass, aluminum silicate glass, sodium borosilicate glass, white sand, and the like.
透明密封部140是填充於藉由反射器120的光反射面120a所形成的內側空間122裡,而將藍光二極體130密封住。此透明密封部140是由具有透光性的透明密封樹脂所構成。透明密封樹脂之中,除了完全透明的樹脂之外,也包含半透明的樹脂。就透明密封樹脂而言,較佳為彈性係數在室溫(25℃)下為1MPa以下者。特別是從透明性這點而言,較佳為採用聚矽氧樹脂或丙烯酸樹脂。透明密封樹脂亦可進一步含有將光線擴散的無機充填材或是螢光體142,該螢光體142將由藍光二極體130所發出的藍光作為激發源而成為白色光。 The transparent sealing portion 140 is filled in the inner space 122 formed by the light reflecting surface 120a of the reflector 120 to seal the blue LED 130. This transparent sealing portion 140 is made of a transparent sealing resin having light transmissivity. Among the transparent sealing resins, in addition to the completely transparent resin, a translucent resin is also included. In the case of the transparent sealing resin, the modulus of elasticity is preferably 1 MPa or less at room temperature (25 ° C). In particular, from the viewpoint of transparency, a polyoxyxylene resin or an acrylic resin is preferably used. The transparent sealing resin may further contain an inorganic filler or a phosphor 142 that diffuses light, and the phosphor 142 converts the blue light emitted by the blue diode 130 as an excitation source to become white light.
氣體阻隔層150是具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性的氣體阻隔層,藉由覆蓋鍍銀層116來抑制鍍銀層116的硫化。氣體阻隔層150配置在遠離基板110的位置,從內側空間122的開口124側覆蓋住鍍銀層116。氣體阻隔層150埋設在透明密封部140裡,氣體阻隔層150的表裡面被透明密封部140密封住。又,氣體阻隔層150連接到環繞內側空間122一整周之光反射面120a,透明密封部140藉由氣體阻隔層150而被分成了基板110側之部分與開口124側之部分。因此,在鍍銀層116上,朝向開口124,依序疊層透明密封部140、氣體阻隔層150及透明密封部140。 The gas barrier layer 150 is a gas barrier layer having gas barrier properties derived from clay, and suppresses vulcanization of the silver plating layer 116 by covering the silver plating layer 116. The gas barrier layer 150 is disposed at a position away from the substrate 110, and covers the silver plating layer 116 from the opening 124 side of the inner space 122. The gas barrier layer 150 is buried in the transparent sealing portion 140, and the front surface of the gas barrier layer 150 is sealed by the transparent sealing portion 140. Further, the gas barrier layer 150 is connected to the light reflecting surface 120a which surrounds the inner space 122 for a whole circumference, and the transparent sealing portion 140 is divided into a portion on the side of the substrate 110 and a portion on the side of the opening 124 by the gas barrier layer 150. Therefore, on the silver plating layer 116, the transparent sealing portion 140, the gas barrier layer 150, and the transparent sealing portion 140 are sequentially laminated toward the opening 124.
氣體阻隔層150是包含黏土的層。作為構成氣體阻隔層150的黏土,不論是天然黏土及合成黏土的任何一種皆能使用,例如,能夠使用斯蒂文石、水輝石、皂石、蒙脫石及貝德石中的任1種以上。特別是天然黏土的蒙脫石,如第12圖所示,若厚度H在1nm以下,長度L在10nm以上且400nm以下則由於尺寸比高,氣體的路徑路線變長,因此氣體阻隔性優異。 The gas barrier layer 150 is a layer containing clay. As the clay constituting the gas barrier layer 150, any of natural clay and synthetic clay can be used, and for example, any one of Stevenstone, hectorite, saponite, montmorillonite, and beide stone can be used. the above. In particular, as shown in Fig. 12, when the thickness H is 1 nm or less and the length L is 10 nm or more and 400 nm or less, the gas path has a long path ratio and is excellent in gas barrier properties.
氣體阻隔層150的層厚,較佳為0.01μm以上且1000μm以下,更佳為0.03μm以上且500μm以下,又更佳為0.05μm以上且100μm以下,再更佳為0.05μm以上且10μm以下,再更佳為0.05μm以上且1μm以下。藉由將氣體阻隔層150的層厚設在0.01μm以上且1000μm以下,能夠兼具對鍍銀層116的氣體阻隔性與氣體阻隔層150的透明性。此時,藉由將氣體阻隔層150的層厚設在0.03μm以上 且500μm以下、0.05μm以上且100μm以下、0.05μm以上且10μm以下、0.05μm以上且1μm以下,此效果還能夠更加提升。 The layer thickness of the gas barrier layer 150 is preferably 0.01 μm or more and 1000 μm or less, more preferably 0.03 μm or more and 500 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.05 μm or more and 100 μm or less. It is preferably 0.05 μm or more and 10 μm or less, and more preferably 0.05 μm or more and 1 μm or less. By setting the layer thickness of the gas barrier layer 150 to 0.01 μm or more and 1000 μm or less, it is possible to achieve both the gas barrier properties to the silver plating layer 116 and the transparency of the gas barrier layer 150. In this case, the layer thickness of the gas barrier layer 150 is set to 0.03 μm or more and 500 μm or less, 0.05 μm or more and 100 μm or less, 0.05 μm or more, 10 μm or less, and 0.05 μm or more. Below 1 μm , this effect can be further improved.
順帶一提,使用了上述黏土的氣體阻隔層150,只要有0.01μm以上且1000μm以下的層厚,就具有充分的透光性。因此,即使以氣體阻隔層150覆蓋光反射面120a,對於反射器120的反射特性沒有太大的影響。而且,天然黏土也就是蒙脫石之薄膜,有著將藍光之頻帶增幅的作用。因此,藉由以使用了天然黏土也就是蒙脫石的氣體阻隔層150來覆蓋光反射面120a,而增大了由藍光二極體130所發出之藍光的反射效率。 Incidentally, the gas barrier layer 150 using the above clay has sufficient light transmittance as long as it has a layer thickness of 0.01 μm or more and 1000 μm or less. Therefore, even if the light reflecting surface 120a is covered with the gas barrier layer 150, it does not have much influence on the reflection characteristics of the reflector 120. Moreover, natural clay is also a film of montmorillonite, which has the effect of increasing the frequency band of blue light. Therefore, the reflection efficiency of the blue light emitted by the blue LED 130 is increased by covering the light reflecting surface 120a with the gas barrier layer 150 using natural clay, that is, montmorillonite.
其次,參照第13圖~第15圖及第10圖,針對光半導體裝置101的製造方法來說明。第13圖是表示第5實施形態的光半導體裝置的製造方法的流程圖。第14圖及第15圖是表示第5實施形態的光半導體裝置的製造步驟的圖。 Next, a method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device 101 will be described with reference to FIGS. 13 to 15 and FIG. Fig. 13 is a flow chart showing a method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device according to the fifth embodiment. Fig. 14 and Fig. 15 are views showing a manufacturing procedure of the optical semiconductor device according to the fifth embodiment.
首先,如第13圖及第14圖之(a)所示,進行準備中間零件108的準備步驟(S111),該中間零件108具備:基板110,其於表面形成有鍍銀層116;藍光二極體130,其接合於鍍銀層116;及,反射器120,其藉由圍繞著藍光二極體130之光反射面120a,形成收納藍光二極體130之內側空間122。 First, as shown in FIG. 13 and FIG. 14(a), a preparation step (S111) for preparing the intermediate member 108 is provided. The intermediate member 108 is provided with a substrate 110 having a silver plating layer 116 formed on the surface thereof; The polar body 130 is bonded to the silver plating layer 116; and the reflector 120 forms an inner space 122 accommodating the blue LED 130 by surrounding the light reflecting surface 120a of the blue LED 130.
其次,如第13圖及第14圖之(b)所示,進行透明密封部密封步驟(S112),其是將包含螢光體142的透明密封部140填充於內側空間122裡,以此透明密封部140將藍 光二極體130密封住的步驟。此時,以透明密封部140填充至內側空間122一半程度的方式,調整透明密封部140的填充量。這種情況,不管是否有以透明密封部140將接合引線134密封住皆可。之後,將透明密封部140進行乾燥等而予以硬化。 Next, as shown in FIG. 13 and FIG. 14(b), a transparent sealing portion sealing step (S112) is performed in which the transparent sealing portion 140 including the phosphor 142 is filled in the inner space 122, thereby being transparent. Sealing portion 140 will be blue The step of sealing the photodiode 130. At this time, the filling amount of the transparent sealing portion 140 is adjusted such that the transparent sealing portion 140 is filled to the inner space 122 by half. In this case, whether or not the bonding wires 134 are sealed by the transparent sealing portion 140 may be used. Thereafter, the transparent sealing portion 140 is dried by being dried or the like.
其次,如第13圖及第15圖之(a)所示,進行氣體阻隔層形成步驟(S113),其是在遠離基板110之位置上形成氣體阻隔層150的步驟。在氣體阻隔層形成步驟中,首先,將黏土稀釋液L滴入或散布至填充了透明密封部140的內側空間122裡。此時,以黏土稀釋液L覆蓋透明密封部140的表面整體並接觸到環繞內側空間122一整周之光反射面120a的方式,調節黏土稀釋液L的滴入量或散布量。之後,使黏土稀釋液L的溶劑加以乾燥。於是,在透明密封部140的表面整體上,形成了連接於光反射面120a一整周之氣體阻隔層150。藉此,隔著透明密封部140,鍍銀層116成為從開口124側被氣體阻隔層150覆蓋的狀態。 Next, as shown in Fig. 13 and Fig. 15(a), a gas barrier layer forming step (S113) is performed which is a step of forming the gas barrier layer 150 at a position away from the substrate 110. In the gas barrier layer forming step, first, the clay diluent L is dropped or dispersed into the inner space 122 filled with the transparent sealing portion 140. At this time, the amount of dripping or the amount of dispersion of the clay diluent L is adjusted so that the entire surface of the transparent sealing portion 140 covers the entire surface of the transparent sealing portion 140 and contacts the light reflecting surface 120a surrounding the inner space 122. Thereafter, the solvent of the clay diluent L is dried. Then, on the entire surface of the transparent sealing portion 140, a gas barrier layer 150 which is connected to the light reflecting surface 120a for an entire circumference is formed. Thereby, the silver plating layer 116 is covered with the gas barrier layer 150 from the opening 124 side via the transparent sealing portion 140.
其次,如第13圖及第10圖所示,進行氣體阻隔層埋設步驟(S114),其是將包含螢光體142的透明密封部140填充至氣體阻隔層150所形成的內側空間122裡,而將內側空間122完全填滿的步驟。藉此,氣體阻隔層150埋設於透明密封部140裡,在鍍銀層116的頂面,依序疊層透明密封部140、氣體阻隔層150及透明密封部140。 Next, as shown in FIGS. 13 and 10, a gas barrier layer embedding step (S114) is performed in which the transparent sealing portion 140 including the phosphor 142 is filled into the inner space 122 formed by the gas barrier layer 150. The step of completely filling the inner space 122. Thereby, the gas barrier layer 150 is embedded in the transparent sealing portion 140, and the transparent sealing portion 140, the gas barrier layer 150, and the transparent sealing portion 140 are sequentially laminated on the top surface of the silver plating layer 116.
如此一來,若根據本實施形態的光半導體裝置101,由於鍍銀層116以具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性的氣體阻隔 層150覆蓋著,故能夠抑制鍍銀層116的硫化。藉此,鍍銀層116能夠大幅抑制因黑色化而導致之光半導體裝置101的照度降低。順帶一提,具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性的氣體阻隔層,由於將層厚進行均勻化,氣體阻隔性因而提高。另一方面,由於形成鍍銀層116的基板110表面變得凹凸不平,若在基板110表面上形成氣體阻隔層,會變得難以將氣體阻隔層的層厚進行均勻化。於是,藉由在遠離基板110的位置上配置氣體阻隔層150,而能夠將氣體阻隔層150的層厚進行均勻化。藉此,能夠提高氣體阻隔層150的氣體阻隔性。 As described above, according to the optical semiconductor device 101 of the present embodiment, since the silver plating layer 116 is blocked by gas having gas barrier properties derived from clay. The layer 150 is covered, so that the vulcanization of the silver plating layer 116 can be suppressed. Thereby, the silver plating layer 116 can greatly suppress the decrease in the illuminance of the optical semiconductor device 101 due to blackening. Incidentally, the gas barrier layer having gas barrier properties derived from clay is improved in gas barrier properties by homogenizing the layer thickness. On the other hand, since the surface of the substrate 110 on which the silver plating layer 116 is formed becomes uneven, it is difficult to homogenize the layer thickness of the gas barrier layer if a gas barrier layer is formed on the surface of the substrate 110. Then, by arranging the gas barrier layer 150 at a position away from the substrate 110, the layer thickness of the gas barrier layer 150 can be made uniform. Thereby, the gas barrier property of the gas barrier layer 150 can be improved.
而且,藉由在氣體阻隔層150與基板110之間配置了透明密封部140,由於氣體阻隔層150遠離了基板110,而能夠防止在氣體阻隔層150與基板110之間的遷移。 Moreover, by arranging the transparent sealing portion 140 between the gas barrier layer 150 and the substrate 110, since the gas barrier layer 150 is away from the substrate 110, migration between the gas barrier layer 150 and the substrate 110 can be prevented.
又,由於氣體阻隔層150埋設於透明密封部140裡,而能夠防止氣體阻隔層150的剝離。 Further, since the gas barrier layer 150 is embedded in the transparent sealing portion 140, peeling of the gas barrier layer 150 can be prevented.
其次,針對第6實施形態來說明。第6實施形態基本上與第5實施形態相同,僅在氣體阻隔層的形成位置與第5實施形態不同。因此,在以下的說明中,僅說明與第5實施形態不同之事項,而省略與第5實施形態相同的說明。 Next, the sixth embodiment will be described. The sixth embodiment is basically the same as the fifth embodiment, and is different from the fifth embodiment only in the position at which the gas barrier layer is formed. Therefore, in the following description, only the differences from the fifth embodiment will be described, and the same description as the fifth embodiment will be omitted.
第16圖是第6實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。如第16圖所示,第6實施形態的光半導體裝置102具備了形成於透明密封部140表面上的氣體阻隔層151,來取代第5實施形態的氣體阻隔層150。 Figure 16 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to a sixth embodiment. As shown in Fig. 16, the optical semiconductor device 102 of the sixth embodiment includes a gas barrier layer 151 formed on the surface of the transparent sealing portion 140 instead of the gas barrier layer 150 of the fifth embodiment.
氣體阻隔層151與第5實施形態的氣體阻隔層150相同,是具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性的氣體阻隔層,藉由覆蓋鍍銀層116來抑制鍍銀層116的硫化。氣體阻隔層151配置在遠離基板110的位置,從內側空間122的開口124側覆蓋住鍍銀層116。然後,氣體阻隔層151形成於透明密封部140的表面及反射器120的頂面120b上,以覆蓋內側空間122整體的方式,連接到環繞內側空間122一整周之頂面120b。因此,在鍍銀層116上,朝向開口124,依序疊層透明密封部140及氣體阻隔層151。另外,氣體阻隔層151的材料、構成、層厚等,與第5實施形態的氣體阻隔層150相同。 Similarly to the gas barrier layer 150 of the fifth embodiment, the gas barrier layer 151 is a gas barrier layer having gas barrier properties derived from clay, and the silver plating layer 116 is covered to suppress vulcanization of the silver plating layer 116. The gas barrier layer 151 is disposed at a position away from the substrate 110, and covers the silver plating layer 116 from the opening 124 side of the inner space 122. Then, the gas barrier layer 151 is formed on the surface of the transparent sealing portion 140 and the top surface 120b of the reflector 120, and is connected to the top surface 120b surrounding the inner space 122 for a whole week so as to cover the entire inner space 122. Therefore, on the silver plating layer 116, the transparent sealing portion 140 and the gas barrier layer 151 are sequentially laminated toward the opening 124. The material, structure, layer thickness and the like of the gas barrier layer 151 are the same as those of the gas barrier layer 150 of the fifth embodiment.
其次,參照第16圖及第17圖,針對光半導體裝置102的製造方法來說明。第17圖是表示第6實施形態的光半導體裝置的製造方法的流程圖。 Next, a method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device 102 will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 and 17. Fig. 17 is a flow chart showing a method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device according to the sixth embodiment.
如第16圖及第17圖所示,首先,進行與第5實施形態相同的準備步驟(S121)。 As shown in Figs. 16 and 17, first, the same preparation steps as in the fifth embodiment (S121) are performed.
其次,進行透明密封部密封步驟(S122),其是將包含螢光體142的透明密封部140填充於內側空間122裡,以此透明密封部140將藍光二極體130密封住的步驟。此時,以透明密封部140填充至內側空間122整體的方式,調整透明密封部140的填充量。 Next, a transparent sealing portion sealing step (S122) is performed in which the transparent sealing portion 140 including the phosphor 142 is filled in the inner space 122, and the transparent sealing portion 140 seals the blue LED 130. At this time, the filling amount of the transparent sealing portion 140 is adjusted so that the transparent sealing portion 140 is filled in the entire inner space 122.
其次,進行氣體阻隔層形成步驟(S123),其是在遠離基板110之位置上形成氣體阻隔層151的步驟。在氣體阻隔層形成步驟中,首先,將黏土稀釋液滴入或散布至透明密封部140的表面及反射器120的頂面120b。此時,以黏土 稀釋液覆蓋透明密封部140的表面整體並接觸到環繞內側空間122一整周之頂面120b的方式,調節黏土稀釋液的滴入量或散布量。之後,使黏土稀釋液的溶劑加以乾燥。於是,在透明密封部140的表面整體上,形成了連接於頂面120b一整周之氣體阻隔層151。藉此,隔著透明密封部140,鍍銀層116成為從開口124側被氣體阻隔層151覆蓋的狀態。 Next, a gas barrier layer forming step (S123) is performed which is a step of forming the gas barrier layer 151 at a position away from the substrate 110. In the gas barrier layer forming step, first, the clay is diluted or dropped into the surface of the transparent sealing portion 140 and the top surface 120b of the reflector 120. At this time, in clay The dilution covers the entire surface of the transparent sealing portion 140 and contacts the top surface 120b surrounding the inner space 122 for a whole week, and adjusts the amount or amount of dispersion of the clay diluent. Thereafter, the solvent of the clay diluent is dried. Then, on the entire surface of the transparent sealing portion 140, a gas barrier layer 151 which is connected to the top surface 120b for an entire circumference is formed. Thereby, the silver plating layer 116 is covered with the gas barrier layer 151 from the opening 124 side via the transparent sealing portion 140.
如此一來,若根據本實施形態的光半導體裝置102,由於氣體阻隔層151形成於透明密封部140的表面上,而能夠易於形成透明密封部140及氣體阻隔層151。 As described above, according to the optical semiconductor device 102 of the present embodiment, since the gas barrier layer 151 is formed on the surface of the transparent sealing portion 140, the transparent sealing portion 140 and the gas barrier layer 151 can be easily formed.
其次,針對第7實施形態來說明。第7實施形態,基本上與第5實施形態相同,僅在新具備了第二氣體阻隔層這點上與第5實施形態不同。因此,在以下的說明中,僅說明與第5實施形態不同之事項,而省略與第5實施形態相同的說明。 Next, the seventh embodiment will be described. The seventh embodiment is basically the same as the fifth embodiment, and is different from the fifth embodiment only in that a second gas barrier layer is newly provided. Therefore, in the following description, only the differences from the fifth embodiment will be described, and the same description as the fifth embodiment will be omitted.
第18圖是第7實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。如第18圖所示,第7實施形態的光半導體裝置103,是在第5實施形態的光半導體裝置101上新具備了第二氣體阻隔層152者。 Figure 18 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to a seventh embodiment. As shown in FIG. 18, in the optical semiconductor device 103 of the seventh embodiment, the second gas barrier layer 152 is newly provided in the optical semiconductor device 101 of the fifth embodiment.
第二氣體阻隔層152與第5實施形態的氣體阻隔層150相同,是具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性的氣體阻隔層,藉由覆蓋鍍銀層116來抑制鍍銀層116的硫化。第二氣體阻隔層152,形成於基板110(鍍銀層116)的表面上,從內側空 間122的開口124側覆蓋住鍍銀層116。因此,第二氣體阻隔層152是直接疊層於鍍銀層116上。然後,在鍍銀層116上,朝向開口124,依序疊層第二氣體阻隔層152、透明密封部140、氣體阻隔層150及透明密封部140。另外,第二氣體阻隔層152的材料、構成、層厚等,與第5實施形態的氣體阻隔層150相同。 Similarly to the gas barrier layer 150 of the fifth embodiment, the second gas barrier layer 152 is a gas barrier layer having gas barrier properties derived from clay, and the silver plating layer 116 is covered to suppress vulcanization of the silver plating layer 116. The second gas barrier layer 152 is formed on the surface of the substrate 110 (silver plating layer 116), and is hollow from the inside. The side of the opening 124 of the space 122 covers the silver plating layer 116. Therefore, the second gas barrier layer 152 is directly laminated on the silver plating layer 116. Then, on the silver plating layer 116, the second gas barrier layer 152, the transparent sealing portion 140, the gas barrier layer 150, and the transparent sealing portion 140 are sequentially laminated toward the opening 124. The material, configuration, layer thickness, and the like of the second gas barrier layer 152 are the same as those of the gas barrier layer 150 of the fifth embodiment.
其次,參照第18圖及第19圖,針對光半導體裝置103的製造方法來說明。第19圖是表示第7實施形態的光半導體裝置的製造方法的流程圖。 Next, a method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device 103 will be described with reference to FIGS. 18 and 19. Fig. 19 is a flow chart showing a method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device according to the seventh embodiment.
如第18圖及第19圖所示,首先,進行準備中間零件的準備步驟(S131),該中間零件具備:基板110,其於表面形成有鍍銀層116;藍光二極體130,其接合於鍍銀層116;及,反射器120,其藉由圍繞著藍光二極體130之光反射面120a,形成收納藍光二極體130之內側空間122。另外,準備在第6實施形態的準備步驟中,藍光二極體130與鍍銀層116尚未進行引線接合的中間零件。 As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, first, a preparation step (S131) for preparing an intermediate member is provided. The intermediate member includes a substrate 110 having a silver plating layer 116 formed on the surface, and a blue LED 130 bonded thereto. The silver plating layer 116; and the reflector 120 form an inner space 122 for accommodating the blue LED 130 by surrounding the light reflecting surface 120a of the blue LED 130. Further, in the preparation step of the sixth embodiment, an intermediate member in which the blue LED 130 and the silver plating layer 116 are not yet subjected to wire bonding is prepared.
其次,進行第二氣體阻隔層形成步驟(S132),其是在鍍銀層116的表面上形成第二氣體阻隔層152的步驟。在第二氣體阻隔層形成步驟中,首先,將黏土稀釋液滴入或散布至內側空間122裡。此時,以黏土稀釋液覆蓋住暴露於內側空間122之基板110的表面整體並接觸到環繞內側空間122一整周之光反射面120a的方式,調節黏土稀釋液的滴入量或散布量。之後,使黏土稀釋液的溶劑加以乾燥。於是,在暴露於內側空間122的基板110之整體表面上,形成了第 二氣體阻隔層152,該第二氣體阻隔層152連接於環繞內側空間122一整周之光反射面120a。藉此,鍍銀層116成為從開口124側被第二氣體阻隔層152覆蓋的狀態。 Next, a second gas barrier layer forming step (S132) is performed, which is a step of forming a second gas barrier layer 152 on the surface of the silver plating layer 116. In the second gas barrier layer forming step, first, the clay is diluted into or dispersed into the inner space 122. At this time, the amount of dripping or the amount of dispersion of the clay diluent is adjusted by covering the entire surface of the substrate 110 exposed to the inner space 122 with the clay diluent and contacting the light reflecting surface 120a surrounding the inner space 122 for a whole week. Thereafter, the solvent of the clay diluent is dried. Thus, on the entire surface of the substrate 110 exposed to the inner space 122, the first The second gas barrier layer 152 is connected to the light reflecting surface 120a surrounding the inner space 122 for a whole week. Thereby, the silver plating layer 116 is in a state of being covered by the second gas barrier layer 152 from the opening 124 side.
其次,進行連接步驟(S133),其是引線接合藍光二極體130與第二氣體阻隔層152所覆蓋的鍍銀層116,來進行電性連接的步驟。在此連接步驟所使用的引線接合裝置中,能夠使用公知者。引線接合裝置,具備了接合引線134所插入的毛細管(未圖示)。將毛細管移動至固定的位置後予以下降,藉由將接合引線134推壓至藍光二極體130或形成有第二氣體阻隔層152的鍍銀層116,使接合引線134固定住。此時,為了使接合引線134能固定於藍光二極體130或鍍銀層116上,可設定以下所例示的條件。亦即,對毛細管施加60g以上且150gf以下程度的荷重,或是,使毛細管以80kHz以上且160kHz以下的頻帶振動。藉此,經由接合引線134,藍光二極體130與鍍銀層116互相進行電性連接。 Next, a connecting step (S133) is performed, which is a step of wire bonding the silver plating layer 116 covered by the blue diode 130 and the second gas barrier layer 152 to electrically connect. A well-known person can be used for the wire bonding apparatus used for this connection step. The wire bonding apparatus includes a capillary (not shown) into which the bonding wire 134 is inserted. The capillary is moved to a fixed position and then lowered, and the bonding wire 134 is fixed by pushing the bonding wire 134 to the blue diode 130 or the silver plating layer 116 on which the second gas barrier layer 152 is formed. At this time, in order to enable the bonding wire 134 to be fixed to the blue LED 130 or the silver plating layer 116, the conditions exemplified below can be set. In other words, a load of 60 g or more and 150 gf or less is applied to the capillary, or the capillary is vibrated in a frequency band of 80 kHz or more and 160 kHz or less. Thereby, the blue LEDs 130 and the silver plating layer 116 are electrically connected to each other via the bonding wires 134.
其次,進行透明密封部密封步驟(S134),其是將包含螢光體142的透明密封部140填充於形成了第二氣體阻隔層152的內側空間122裡,以此透明密封部140將藍光二極體130密封住的步驟。此時,以透明密封部140填充至內側空間122一半程度的方式,調整透明密封部140的填充量。這種情況,不管是否有以透明密封部140將接合引線134密封住皆可。之後,將透明密封部140進行乾燥等而予以硬化。 Next, a transparent sealing portion sealing step (S134) is performed in which the transparent sealing portion 140 including the phosphor 142 is filled in the inner space 122 in which the second gas barrier layer 152 is formed, whereby the transparent sealing portion 140 is used for the blue light The step of sealing the polar body 130. At this time, the filling amount of the transparent sealing portion 140 is adjusted such that the transparent sealing portion 140 is filled to the inner space 122 by half. In this case, whether or not the bonding wires 134 are sealed by the transparent sealing portion 140 may be used. Thereafter, the transparent sealing portion 140 is dried by being dried or the like.
其次,進行氣體阻隔層形成步驟(S135),其是在遠離基板110之位置上形成氣體阻隔層150的步驟。在氣體 阻隔層形成步驟中,首先,將黏土稀釋液滴入或散布至透明密封部140所填充的內側空間122裡。此時,以黏土稀釋液覆蓋透明密封部140的整體表面並接觸到環繞內側空間122一整周之光反射面120a的方式,調節黏土稀釋液的滴入量或散布量。之後,使黏土稀釋液的溶劑加以乾燥。於是,在整體的透明密封部140表面上,形成了氣體阻隔層150,該氣體阻隔層150連接於環繞內側空間122一整周之光反射面120a。藉此,氣體阻隔層成為多層(二層)結構,鍍銀層116成為從開口124側被第二氣體阻隔層152與氣體阻隔層150覆蓋的狀態。 Next, a gas barrier layer forming step (S135) is performed, which is a step of forming the gas barrier layer 150 at a position away from the substrate 110. In gas In the barrier layer forming step, first, the clay is diluted or dropped into the inner space 122 filled by the transparent sealing portion 140. At this time, the dripping amount or the amount of dispersion of the clay diluent is adjusted so that the entire surface of the transparent sealing portion 140 is covered with the clay diluent and is in contact with the light reflecting surface 120a surrounding the inner space 122 for a whole week. Thereafter, the solvent of the clay diluent is dried. Thus, on the surface of the integral transparent sealing portion 140, a gas barrier layer 150 is formed which is connected to the light reflecting surface 120a which surrounds the inner space 122 for a whole week. Thereby, the gas barrier layer has a multilayer (two-layer) structure, and the silver-plated layer 116 is in a state of being covered by the second gas barrier layer 152 and the gas barrier layer 150 from the opening 124 side.
其次,進行與第5實施形態相同的氣體阻隔層埋設步驟(S136)。藉此,在鍍銀層116的頂面,依序疊層第二氣體阻隔層152、透明密封部140、氣體阻隔層150及透明密封部140。 Next, the gas barrier layer embedding step (S136) similar to that of the fifth embodiment is performed. Thereby, the second gas barrier layer 152, the transparent sealing portion 140, the gas barrier layer 150, and the transparent sealing portion 140 are sequentially laminated on the top surface of the silver plating layer 116.
如此一來,若根據本實施形態的光半導體裝置103,藉由在鍍銀層116的表面上形成了第二氣體阻隔層152,而能夠將氣體阻隔層輕易地多層化。藉此,能夠更加提高氣體阻隔性。 As described above, according to the optical semiconductor device 103 of the present embodiment, the gas barrier layer can be easily multilayered by forming the second gas barrier layer 152 on the surface of the silver plating layer 116. Thereby, the gas barrier property can be further improved.
其次,針對第8實施形態來說明。第8實施形態基本上與第7實施形態相同,僅在第二氣體阻隔層的形狀不一樣這點上與第7實施形態不同。因此,在以下的說明中,僅說明與第7實施形態不同的事項,而省略與第7實施形態相同的 說明。 Next, the eighth embodiment will be described. The eighth embodiment is basically the same as the seventh embodiment, and is different from the seventh embodiment only in that the shape of the second gas barrier layer is different. Therefore, in the following description, only the items different from the seventh embodiment will be described, and the same as the seventh embodiment will be omitted. Description.
第20圖是第8實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。 如第20圖所示,第8實施形態的光半導體裝置104具備了延伸至光反射面120a且覆蓋接合引線134之第二氣體阻隔層153,來取代第7實施形態的第二氣體阻隔層152。 Figure 20 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to an eighth embodiment. As shown in Fig. 20, the optical semiconductor device 104 of the eighth embodiment includes a second gas barrier layer 153 extending to the light reflecting surface 120a and covering the bonding wires 134 instead of the second gas barrier layer 152 of the seventh embodiment. .
第二氣體阻隔層153,與第5實施形態的氣體阻隔 層150及第6實施形態的第二氣體阻隔層152相同,是具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性的氣體阻隔層,藉由覆蓋鍍銀層116來抑制鍍銀層116的硫化。第二氣體阻隔層153,形成在暴露於內側空間122的基板110(鍍銀層116)表面上,從內側空間122的開口124側覆蓋住鍍銀層116。因此,第二氣體阻隔層153是直接疊層於鍍銀層116上。 The second gas barrier layer 153 is barrierd to the gas of the fifth embodiment Similarly to the second gas barrier layer 152 of the sixth embodiment, the layer 150 is a gas barrier layer having gas barrier properties derived from clay, and the silver plating layer 116 is covered to suppress vulcanization of the silver plating layer 116. The second gas barrier layer 153 is formed on the surface of the substrate 110 (silver plating layer 116) exposed to the inner space 122, and covers the silver plating layer 116 from the opening 124 side of the inner space 122. Therefore, the second gas barrier layer 153 is directly laminated on the silver plating layer 116.
然後,第二氣體阻隔層153亦形成於光反射面120a 的表面及接合引線134的表面上。第二氣體阻隔層153之中,形成於光反射面120a上的部分稱為光反射面覆蓋部153a,形成於接合引線134表面上的部分稱為接合引線覆蓋部153b。 Then, the second gas barrier layer 153 is also formed on the light reflecting surface 120a. The surface and the surface of the bonding wire 134. Among the second gas barrier layers 153, a portion formed on the light reflecting surface 120a is referred to as a light reflecting surface covering portion 153a, and a portion formed on the surface of the bonding wire 134 is referred to as a bonding wire covering portion 153b.
光反射面覆蓋部153a,亦可形成於光反射面120a的整個面,亦可僅形成於光反射面120a的一部分。另外,在第20圖中,是顯示出光反射面覆蓋部153a形成於光反射面120a的整個面的狀態。 The light reflecting surface covering portion 153a may be formed on the entire surface of the light reflecting surface 120a, or may be formed only on a part of the light reflecting surface 120a. In addition, in FIG. 20, the light reflection surface covering portion 153a is formed on the entire surface of the light reflecting surface 120a.
接合引線覆蓋部153b,是以約略相同的層厚形成於接合引線134的整體表面上。因此,接合引線覆蓋部153b是以環狀沿著接合引線134從藍光二極體130延伸到鍍銀層116為止,和接合引線134同樣在與基板110及藍光二極體130 之間形成了間隙。 The bonding wire covering portion 153b is formed on the entire surface of the bonding wire 134 with approximately the same layer thickness. Therefore, the bonding wire covering portion 153b extends from the blue LED 130 to the silver plating layer 116 along the bonding wire 134 in a ring shape, and the bonding wires 134 are also in the same substrate 110 and the blue LED 130. A gap is formed between them.
另外,第二氣體阻隔層153之材料、構成、層厚等,與第5實施形態的氣體阻隔層150及第6實施形態的第二氣體阻隔層152相同。 The material, structure, layer thickness, and the like of the second gas barrier layer 153 are the same as those of the gas barrier layer 150 of the fifth embodiment and the second gas barrier layer 152 of the sixth embodiment.
其次,參照第20圖及第21圖,針對光半導體裝置104的製造方法來說明。第21圖是表示第8實施形態的光半導體裝置的製造方法的流程圖。 Next, a method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device 104 will be described with reference to FIGS. 20 and 21. Fig. 21 is a flow chart showing a method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device according to the eighth embodiment.
如第20圖及第21圖所示,首先,進行與第5實施形態相同的準備步驟(S141)。 As shown in Fig. 20 and Fig. 21, first, a preparation step (S141) similar to that of the fifth embodiment is performed.
其次,進行第二氣體阻隔層形成步驟(S142),其是在鍍銀層116的表面上,形成覆蓋住鍍銀層之第二氣體阻隔層153,該鍍銀層具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性。在第二氣體阻隔層形成步驟中,首先,將黏土稀釋液滴入或散布至內側空間122裡。此時,以黏土稀釋液覆蓋住光反射面120a的一部分或是整個面,而且完全覆蓋住接合引線134的方式,調節黏土稀釋液的滴入量或散布量。此時,在光反射面120a的整個面上覆蓋光反射面覆蓋部153a的情況下,以用黏土稀釋液充滿內側空間122裡,使光反射面120a的整個面被黏土稀釋液覆蓋的方式,調節黏土稀釋液的滴入量或散布量。另一方面,在僅有光反射面120a的一部分覆蓋了光反射面覆蓋部153a的情況下,以用黏土稀釋液不充滿內側空間122裡,使僅有光反射面120a的一部分被黏土稀釋液覆蓋的方式,調節黏土稀釋液的滴入量或散布量。之後,使黏土稀釋液的溶劑加以乾燥。於是,在暴露於內側空間122的基板110之整 體表面上,形成了第二氣體阻隔層153;在光反射面120a的表面上,形成了第二氣體阻隔層153的光反射面覆蓋部153a;在接合引線134的整體表面上,形成了第二氣體阻隔層153的接合引線覆蓋部153b。藉此,鍍銀層116成為從開口124側被第二氣體阻隔層153覆蓋的狀態。 Next, a second gas barrier layer forming step (S142) is performed on the surface of the silver plating layer 116 to form a second gas barrier layer 153 covering the silver plating layer, the silver plating layer having a gas derived from clay Barrier. In the second gas barrier layer forming step, first, the clay is diluted into or dispersed into the inner space 122. At this time, a part or the entire surface of the light reflecting surface 120a is covered with the clay diluent, and the amount of the dripping or the amount of the clay diluent is adjusted to completely cover the bonding wire 134. In this case, when the light reflecting surface covering portion 153a is covered on the entire surface of the light reflecting surface 120a, the inner surface 122 is filled with the clay diluent, and the entire surface of the light reflecting surface 120a is covered with the clay diluent. Adjust the amount or amount of dispersion of the clay diluent. On the other hand, in a case where only a part of the light reflecting surface 120a covers the light reflecting surface covering portion 153a, the clay thinning liquid is not filled in the inner space 122, so that only a part of the light reflecting surface 120a is made of the clay diluent The way of covering, adjusting the amount of dripping or the amount of dispersion of the clay diluent. Thereafter, the solvent of the clay diluent is dried. Thus, the entire substrate 110 exposed to the inner space 122 On the surface of the body, a second gas barrier layer 153 is formed; on the surface of the light reflecting surface 120a, a light reflecting surface covering portion 153a of the second gas barrier layer 153 is formed; on the entire surface of the bonding wire 134, a first portion is formed The bonding barrier cover portion 153b of the second gas barrier layer 153 is bonded. Thereby, the silver plating layer 116 is in a state of being covered by the second gas barrier layer 153 from the opening 124 side.
其次,進行透明密封部密封步驟(S143),其是將包含螢光體142的透明密封部140填充於形成了第二氣體阻隔層153的內側空間122裡,以此透明密封部140將藍光二極體130密封住的步驟。此時,以透明密封部140填充至內側空間122一半程度的方式,調整透明密封部140的填充量。這種情況,不管是否有以透明密封部140將接合引線134密封住皆可。之後,將透明密封部140進行乾燥等而予以硬化。 Next, a transparent sealing portion sealing step (S143) is performed in which the transparent sealing portion 140 including the phosphor 142 is filled in the inner space 122 in which the second gas barrier layer 153 is formed, whereby the transparent sealing portion 140 converts the blue light The step of sealing the polar body 130. At this time, the filling amount of the transparent sealing portion 140 is adjusted such that the transparent sealing portion 140 is filled to the inner space 122 by half. In this case, whether or not the bonding wires 134 are sealed by the transparent sealing portion 140 may be used. Thereafter, the transparent sealing portion 140 is dried by being dried or the like.
其次,進行氣體阻隔層形成步驟(S144),其是在遠離基板110之位置上形成氣體阻隔層150的步驟。在氣體阻隔層形成步驟中,首先,將黏土稀釋液滴入或散布至透明密封部140所填充的內側空間122裡。此時,在光反射面覆蓋部153a被透明密封部140覆蓋的情況下,以黏土稀釋液覆蓋透明密封部140的整體表面並接觸到光反射面覆蓋部153a一整周的方式,調節黏土稀釋液的滴入量或散布量。另一方面,在光反射面覆蓋部153a從透明密封部140暴露出來的情況下,以黏土稀釋液覆蓋透明密封部140的整體表面並接觸到光反射面120一整周的方式,調節黏土稀釋液的滴入量或散布量。之後,使黏土稀釋液的溶劑加以乾燥。於是,在整體的透明密封部140表面上,形成了氣體阻隔層150,該氣體 阻隔層150連接於環繞內側空間122一整周之光反射面120a或光反射面覆蓋部153a。藉此,氣體阻隔層成為多層(二層)結構,鍍銀層116成為從開口124側被第二氣體阻隔層153與氣體阻隔層150覆蓋的狀態。 Next, a gas barrier layer forming step (S144) is performed which is a step of forming the gas barrier layer 150 at a position away from the substrate 110. In the gas barrier layer forming step, first, the clay dilution is dropped or dispersed into the inner space 122 filled by the transparent sealing portion 140. At this time, in the case where the light reflecting surface covering portion 153a is covered by the transparent sealing portion 140, the clay thinning solution is covered so that the entire surface of the transparent sealing portion 140 is covered with the clay diluent and contacts the light reflecting surface covering portion 153a for a whole week. The amount of liquid to be dropped or the amount of dispersion. On the other hand, in the case where the light reflecting surface covering portion 153a is exposed from the transparent sealing portion 140, the clay thinning is covered by covering the entire surface of the transparent sealing portion 140 with the clay diluent and contacting the light reflecting surface 120 for a whole week. The amount of liquid to be dropped or the amount of dispersion. Thereafter, the solvent of the clay diluent is dried. Thus, on the surface of the integral transparent sealing portion 140, a gas barrier layer 150 is formed, the gas The barrier layer 150 is connected to the light reflecting surface 120a or the light reflecting surface covering portion 153a which surrounds the inner space 122 for a whole circumference. Thereby, the gas barrier layer has a multilayer (two-layer) structure, and the silver plating layer 116 is in a state of being covered by the second gas barrier layer 153 and the gas barrier layer 150 from the opening 124 side.
其次,進行了與第5實施形態相同的氣體阻隔層埋設步驟(S145)。藉此,在鍍銀層116的頂面,依序疊層第二氣體阻隔層153、透明密封部140、氣體阻隔層150及透明密封部140。 Next, a gas barrier layer embedding step (S145) similar to that of the fifth embodiment is performed. Thereby, the second gas barrier layer 153, the transparent sealing portion 140, the gas barrier layer 150, and the transparent sealing portion 140 are sequentially laminated on the top surface of the silver plating layer 116.
如此一來,若根據本實施形態的光半導體裝置104,藉由光反射面120a被光反射面覆蓋部153a所覆蓋,而能夠抑制光反射面120a的氧化。藉此,能夠大幅抑制光反射面120a變色所導致之光半導體裝置104的照度降低。 As described above, according to the optical semiconductor device 104 of the present embodiment, the light reflecting surface 120a is covered by the light reflecting surface covering portion 153a, and oxidation of the light reflecting surface 120a can be suppressed. Thereby, it is possible to greatly suppress the decrease in the illuminance of the optical semiconductor device 104 caused by the discoloration of the light reflecting surface 120a.
又,藉由接合引線134被接合引線覆蓋部153b所覆蓋,在將接合引線134的材料設為銀的情況下,能夠抑制接合引線134的硫化。 Moreover, when the bonding wire 134 is covered by the bonding wire covering portion 153b, when the material of the bonding wire 134 is made of silver, vulcanization of the bonding wire 134 can be suppressed.
其次,針對第9實施形態來說明。第9實施形態,基本上與第8實施形態相同,僅在接合引線覆蓋部的形狀不一樣這點上與第8實施形態不同。因此,在以下的說明中,僅說明與第8實施形態不同之事項,而省略與第8實施形態相同的說明。 Next, the ninth embodiment will be described. The ninth embodiment is basically the same as the eighth embodiment except that the shape of the bonding wire covering portion is different. Therefore, in the following description, only the differences from the eighth embodiment will be described, and the description similar to the eighth embodiment will be omitted.
第22圖是第9實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。如第22圖所示,第9實施形態的光半導體裝置105具備了第 二氣體阻隔層154,來取代第8實施形態的第二氣體阻隔層153。 Figure 22 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to a ninth embodiment. As shown in Fig. 22, the optical semiconductor device 105 of the ninth embodiment includes the first The second gas barrier layer 154 is substituted for the second gas barrier layer 153 of the eighth embodiment.
第二氣體阻隔層154與第5實施形態的氣體阻隔層150及第8實施形態的第二氣體阻隔層153相同,具有源自於黏土的氣體阻隔性的氣體阻隔層,藉由覆蓋鍍銀層116來抑制鍍銀層116的硫化。 Similarly to the gas barrier layer 150 of the fifth embodiment and the second gas barrier layer 153 of the eighth embodiment, the second gas barrier layer 154 has a gas barrier layer derived from the gas barrier property of clay, and is covered with a silver plating layer. 116 to suppress vulcanization of the silver plating layer 116.
第二氣體阻隔層154,形成在暴露於內側空間122的基板110(鍍銀層116)表面上,從內側空間122的開口124側覆蓋住鍍銀層116。因此,第二氣體阻隔層154是直接疊層於鍍銀層116上。 The second gas barrier layer 154 is formed on the surface of the substrate 110 (silver plating layer 116) exposed to the inner space 122, and covers the silver plating layer 116 from the opening 124 side of the inner space 122. Therefore, the second gas barrier layer 154 is directly laminated on the silver plating layer 116.
然後,第二氣體阻隔層154具備了形成於光反射面120a表面上的光反射面覆蓋部154a、與形成於接合引線134表面上的接合引線覆蓋部154b。另外,光反射面覆蓋部154a與第8實施形態的光反射面覆蓋部153a相同。 Then, the second gas barrier layer 154 includes a light reflecting surface covering portion 154a formed on the surface of the light reflecting surface 120a, and a bonding wire covering portion 154b formed on the surface of the bonding wire 134. The light reflecting surface covering portion 154a is the same as the light reflecting surface covering portion 153a of the eighth embodiment.
接合引線覆蓋部154b,與第8實施形態的接合引線覆蓋部153b同樣是形成於接合引線134的整體表面上。然而,接合引線覆蓋部154b與第8實施形態的接合引線覆蓋部153b不同,是以膜狀充塞在基板110及藍光二極體130之間。 The bonding wire covering portion 154b is formed on the entire surface of the bonding wire 134 in the same manner as the bonding wire covering portion 153b of the eighth embodiment. However, unlike the bonding wire covering portion 153b of the eighth embodiment, the bonding wire covering portion 154b is filled between the substrate 110 and the blue LED 130 in a film shape.
另外,第二氣體阻隔層154之材料、構成、層厚等,與第5實施形態的氣體阻隔層150及第8實施形態的第二氣體阻隔層153相同。 The material, structure, layer thickness, and the like of the second gas barrier layer 154 are the same as those of the gas barrier layer 150 of the fifth embodiment and the second gas barrier layer 153 of the eighth embodiment.
其次,針對光半導體裝置105的製造方法來說明。 Next, a method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device 105 will be described.
光半導體裝置105的製造方法,基本上第8實施形態的光半導體裝置104的製造方法相同。惟,在使黏土稀釋 液之溶劑加以乾燥時,使黏土稀釋液仍保持在接合引線134與基板110及藍光二極體130之間,而該黏土稀釋液是為了形成第二氣體阻隔層154而滴入或散布至內側空間122裡。另外,就使黏土稀釋液保持在接合引線134與基板110及藍光二極體130之間的方法而言,例如可舉出延遲溶劑的乾燥速度的方法、提高黏土稀釋液中黏土的濃度的方法。藉此,形成了以膜狀充塞在接合引線134與基板110及藍光二極體130之間的接合引線覆蓋部154b。 The method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device 105 is basically the same as the method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device 104 of the eighth embodiment. But, to make the clay diluted When the solvent of the liquid is dried, the clay diluent is still held between the bonding wire 134 and the substrate 110 and the blue LED 130, and the clay diluent is dropped or dispersed to the inside for forming the second gas barrier layer 154. Space 122. Further, a method of holding the clay diluent between the bonding wire 134 and the substrate 110 and the blue LED 130 may, for example, be a method of delaying the drying rate of the solvent, or a method of increasing the concentration of the clay in the clay diluent. . Thereby, the bonding wire covering portion 154b which is filled in the film shape between the bonding wires 134 and the substrate 110 and the blue LEDs 130 is formed.
如此一來,即使利用本實施形態的光半導體裝置105,由於光反射面120a被光反射面覆蓋部所覆蓋,且接合引線134被接合引線覆蓋部154b所覆蓋,故能夠達到與第8實施形態的光半導體裝置104相同的作用效果。 In the optical semiconductor device 105 of the present embodiment, the light reflecting surface 120a is covered by the light reflecting surface covering portion, and the bonding wire 134 is covered by the bonding wire covering portion 154b, so that the eighth embodiment can be achieved. The optical semiconductor device 104 has the same operational effects.
其次,針對第10實施形態來說明。第10實施形態,基本上與第7實施形態相同,僅在氣體阻隔層的構成不一樣這點及新具備了底塗層這點上與第7實施形態不同。因此,在以下的說明中,僅說明與第7實施形態不同之事項,而省略與第7實施形態相同的說明。 Next, the tenth embodiment will be described. The tenth embodiment is basically the same as the seventh embodiment except that the structure of the gas barrier layer is different and the primer layer is newly provided. Therefore, in the following description, only the differences from the seventh embodiment will be described, and the same description as the seventh embodiment will be omitted.
第23圖是第10實施形態的光半導體裝置的剖面圖。如第23圖所示,第10實施形態的光半導體裝置106,是在第7實施形態的光半導體裝置103中新具備了底塗層160,且具備了氣體阻隔層155來取代氣體阻隔層150及第二氣體阻隔層152。 Figure 23 is a cross-sectional view showing an optical semiconductor device according to a tenth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 23, in the optical semiconductor device 106 of the tenth embodiment, the undercoat layer 160 is newly provided in the optical semiconductor device 103 of the seventh embodiment, and the gas barrier layer 155 is provided instead of the gas barrier layer 150. And a second gas barrier layer 152.
氣體阻隔層155基本上與第7實施形態的第二氣體阻隔層152相同,僅在疊層於底塗層160上這點與第7實施形態的第二氣體阻隔層152不同。 The gas barrier layer 155 is basically the same as the second gas barrier layer 152 of the seventh embodiment, and is different from the second gas barrier layer 152 of the seventh embodiment only in that it is laminated on the undercoat layer 160.
底塗層160,是藉由配至於基板110及光反射面120a與透明密封部140之間來抑制透明密封部140對基板110及光反射面120a的剝離。底塗層160是形成於暴露在內側空間122的基板110及光反射面120a上,於其頂面疊層了氣體阻隔層155。就底塗層160而言,較佳為具有黏著性及絕緣性之層,例如能夠使用含矽酸化合物之層。作為矽酸化合物,例如可舉出聚矽氧橡膠等聚矽氧系樹脂及無機玻璃。 The undercoat layer 160 is provided between the substrate 110 and the light reflecting surface 120a and the transparent sealing portion 140 to suppress peeling of the transparent sealing portion 140 from the substrate 110 and the light reflecting surface 120a. The undercoat layer 160 is formed on the substrate 110 and the light reflecting surface 120a exposed to the inner space 122, and a gas barrier layer 155 is laminated on the top surface thereof. As the undercoat layer 160, a layer having adhesiveness and insulating properties is preferable, and for example, a layer containing a phthalic acid compound can be used. Examples of the phthalic acid compound include a polyfluorene-based resin such as polyarylene oxide rubber and inorganic glass.
在本實施形態所使用的矽酸化合物,從藉由其柔軟性而獲得黏著性的觀點而言,線膨脹係數較佳為180ppm~450ppm。藉由線膨脹係數在180ppm以上,可易於確保源自柔軟性的黏著性,另一方面,藉由線膨脹係數在450ppm以下,例如藉由用於覆蓋或密封的透明密封部140能夠抑制於底塗層160發生的變形。從提高源自柔軟性之黏著性的觀點而言,矽酸化合物更佳是線膨脹係數為200ppm~450ppm者,從提高與用於覆蓋或密封的透明密封部140之接着可靠度的觀點而言,又更佳為200ppm~350ppm者。 The tantalum acid compound used in the present embodiment has a linear expansion coefficient of preferably from 180 ppm to 450 ppm from the viewpoint of obtaining adhesiveness by flexibility. By having a linear expansion coefficient of 180 ppm or more, adhesion by softness can be easily ensured, and on the other hand, by a linear expansion coefficient of 450 ppm or less, for example, by a transparent sealing portion 140 for covering or sealing, it is possible to suppress the bottom. The deformation of the coating 160 occurs. From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion derived from softness, the tannic acid compound is more preferably a linear expansion coefficient of from 200 ppm to 450 ppm, from the viewpoint of improving the reliability with respect to the transparent sealing portion 140 for covering or sealing. More preferably, it is 200ppm~350ppm.
在本實施形態所使用的矽酸化合物,從確保絕緣性的觀點而言,體積電阻率較佳為1010~1016Ω.cm,從提高絕緣性的觀點而言,更佳為1012~1016Ω.cm,又更佳為1013~1016Ω.cm。另外,矽酸化合物的體積電阻率,是指針對體積電阻率測定試驗片,依照JIS C2139所測定出來的值,該 體積電阻率測定試驗片是將矽酸化合物3g塗布於附銅電極之基板,並於150℃予以乾燥3小時而獲得。 The niobic acid compound used in the present embodiment has a volume resistivity of preferably 10 10 to 10 16 Ω from the viewpoint of ensuring insulation. Cm, more preferably 10 12 ~ 10 16 Ω from the viewpoint of improving insulation. Cm, and more preferably 10 13 ~ 10 16 Ω. Cm. In addition, the volume resistivity of the citric acid compound is a value measured by a volume resistivity measurement test piece according to JIS C2139, and the volume resistivity measurement test piece is a substrate in which 3 g of a phthalic acid compound is applied to a copper-attached electrode. It was obtained by drying at 150 ° C for 3 hours.
底塗層160的層厚,從黏著性的觀點而言較佳為10nm~1000nm,從耐水性的觀點而言更佳為30nm~1000nm,從有效地展現氣體阻隔層155之氣體阻隔性的觀點而言又更佳為30~500nm。 The layer thickness of the undercoat layer 160 is preferably from 10 nm to 1000 nm from the viewpoint of adhesion, and more preferably from 30 nm to 1000 nm from the viewpoint of water resistance, from the viewpoint of effectively exhibiting gas barrier properties of the gas barrier layer 155. More preferably, it is 30 to 500 nm.
然後,底塗層160是形成在暴露於內側空間122的基板110(鍍銀層116)及光反射面120a上,氣體阻隔層155是透過底塗層160而覆蓋住鍍銀層116。因此,氣體阻隔層155配置在遠離基板110的位置,在鍍銀層116上,朝向開口124,依序疊層底塗層160、氣體阻隔層155及透明密封部140。另外,底塗層160亦可形成於光反射面120a的整個面,亦可僅形成於光反射面120a的一部分。又,氣體阻隔層155,只要有覆蓋著暴露於內側空間122的基板110即可,不管是否有覆蓋著藍光二極體130皆可。 Then, the undercoat layer 160 is formed on the substrate 110 (silver plating layer 116) and the light reflecting surface 120a exposed to the inner space 122, and the gas barrier layer 155 covers the silver plating layer 116 through the undercoat layer 160. Therefore, the gas barrier layer 155 is disposed at a position away from the substrate 110, and the undercoat layer 160, the gas barrier layer 155, and the transparent sealing portion 140 are sequentially laminated on the silver plating layer 116 toward the opening 124. Further, the undercoat layer 160 may be formed on the entire surface of the light reflecting surface 120a, or may be formed only on a part of the light reflecting surface 120a. Further, the gas barrier layer 155 may be covered with the substrate 110 exposed to the inner space 122, regardless of whether or not the blue diode 130 is covered.
其次,參照第23圖及第24圖,針對光半導體裝置106的製造方法來說明。第24圖是表示第10實施形態的光半導體裝置的製造方法的流程圖。 Next, a method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device 106 will be described with reference to FIGS. 23 and 24. Fig. 24 is a flow chart showing a method of manufacturing the optical semiconductor device according to the tenth embodiment.
如第23圖及第24圖所示,首先,進行與第7實施形態相同的準備步驟(S161)。另外,在第10實施形態的準備步驟中,與第7實施形態相同,準備藍光二極體130與鍍銀層116尚未進行引線接合之中間零件。 As shown in Figs. 23 and 24, first, a preparation step (S161) similar to that of the seventh embodiment is performed. Further, in the preparation step of the tenth embodiment, as in the seventh embodiment, an intermediate member in which the blue LED 130 and the silver plating layer 116 are not yet wire bonded is prepared.
其次,進行在基板110及光反射面120a上形成底塗層160的底塗層形成步驟(S162)。在底塗層形成步驟中, 首先,將經溶劑稀釋上述矽酸化合物而成的底塗稀釋液滴入或散布至內側空間122裡。此時,以底塗稀釋液覆蓋住光反射面120a的整個面或一部分的方式,調節底塗稀釋液的滴入量或散布量。之後,使底塗稀釋液的溶劑加以乾燥。於是,在以底塗稀釋液覆蓋的範圍的整個面,換句話說,在鍍銀層116、藍光二極體130及光反射面120a的整個面或一部分上,形成了底塗層160。 Next, an undercoat layer forming step (S162) of forming the undercoat layer 160 on the substrate 110 and the light reflecting surface 120a is performed. In the undercoat layer forming step, First, a primer diluted by diluting the above-mentioned citric acid compound with a solvent is dropped or dispersed into the inner space 122. At this time, the amount of the primer or the amount of dispersion of the primer solution is adjusted so that the entire surface or a part of the light-reflecting surface 120a is covered with the primer solution. Thereafter, the solvent of the primer solution is dried. Thus, the undercoat layer 160 is formed on the entire surface of the range covered with the primer solution, in other words, on the entire surface or a portion of the silver plating layer 116, the blue LED 130, and the light reflecting surface 120a.
其次,進行氣體阻隔層形成步驟(S163),其是在底塗層160的表面上形成氣體阻隔層155的步驟。在氣體阻隔層形成步驟中,首先,將黏土稀釋液滴入或散布至內側空間122裡。此時,以黏土稀釋液透過底塗層160覆蓋住暴露於內側空間122的基板110之整體表面,並遍及環繞內側空間122一整周之光反射面120a的方式,調節黏土稀釋液的滴入量或散布量。之後,使黏土稀釋液的溶劑加以乾燥。藉此,鍍銀層116成為從開口124側被氣體阻隔層155覆蓋的狀態。 Next, a gas barrier layer forming step (S163) is performed, which is a step of forming a gas barrier layer 155 on the surface of the undercoat layer 160. In the gas barrier layer forming step, first, the clay dilution is dropped or dispersed into the inner space 122. At this time, the clay diluent is used to cover the entire surface of the substrate 110 exposed to the inner space 122 through the undercoat layer 160, and the drip amount of the clay diluent is adjusted or the light reflection surface 120a surrounding the inner space 122 for a whole week. The amount of distribution. Thereafter, the solvent of the clay diluent is dried. Thereby, the silver plating layer 116 is in a state of being covered by the gas barrier layer 155 from the opening 124 side.
其次,進行連接步驟(S164),其是引線接合藍光二極體130與底塗層160及氣體阻隔層155所覆蓋的鍍銀層116,來進行電性連接的步驟。此連接步驟與第7實施形態的連接步驟(S133)相同。藉此,經由接合引線134,藍光二極體130與鍍銀層116互相進行電性連接。 Next, a connecting step (S164) is performed, which is a step of electrically connecting the blue-polar diode 130 and the undercoat layer 160 and the silver-plated layer 116 covered by the gas barrier layer 155. This connection step is the same as the connection step (S133) of the seventh embodiment. Thereby, the blue LEDs 130 and the silver plating layer 116 are electrically connected to each other via the bonding wires 134.
之後,與第7實施形態同樣地,進行透明密封部密封步驟(S165),形成透明密封部140。藉此,在鍍銀層116的頂面,依序疊層底塗層160、氣體阻隔層155及透明密封部140。 Thereafter, in the same manner as in the seventh embodiment, the transparent sealing portion sealing step (S165) is performed to form the transparent sealing portion 140. Thereby, the undercoat layer 160, the gas barrier layer 155, and the transparent sealing portion 140 are sequentially laminated on the top surface of the silver plating layer 116.
如此一來,若根據本實施形態的光半導體裝置106,利用在基板110與氣體阻隔層155之間配置了底塗層160,而能夠在基板110與氣體阻隔層155之間不配置透明密封部140,並將氣體阻隔層155配置於遠離基板110的位置。而且,相較於直接在基板110上形成氣體阻隔層155的情況,由於藉由底塗層160,要形成氣體阻隔層155的面被平坦化,而能夠將氣體阻隔層155的層厚進行均勻化。藉此,能夠提高氣體阻隔層155的氣體阻隔性。 According to the optical semiconductor device 106 of the present embodiment, the undercoat layer 160 is disposed between the substrate 110 and the gas barrier layer 155, so that the transparent sealing portion can be disposed between the substrate 110 and the gas barrier layer 155. 140, and the gas barrier layer 155 is disposed at a position away from the substrate 110. Further, as compared with the case where the gas barrier layer 155 is formed directly on the substrate 110, since the surface on which the gas barrier layer 155 is to be formed is planarized by the undercoat layer 160, the layer thickness of the gas barrier layer 155 can be made uniform. Chemical. Thereby, the gas barrier property of the gas barrier layer 155 can be improved.
又,藉由將氣體阻隔層155疊層到底塗層160上,隨著能夠同時確保透明性,並提升底塗層160及氣體阻隔層155的耐水性及對鍍銀層116的黏著力,而能夠抑制在用於覆蓋或密封的透明密封部140與光反射面120a之間的剝離。 Further, by laminating the gas barrier layer 155 on the undercoat layer 160, as the transparency can be ensured at the same time, the water resistance of the undercoat layer 160 and the gas barrier layer 155 and the adhesion to the silver plating layer 116 are improved. Peeling between the transparent sealing portion 140 for covering or sealing and the light reflecting surface 120a can be suppressed.
以上,是針對本發明的一態樣的適宜的實施形態來說明,但本發明並不限定於上述實施形態。 The above is a description of a preferred embodiment of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment.
例如,亦可將上述各實施形態的各構成適當組合。例如,亦可分別置換第8或第9實施形態的第二氣體阻隔層,與第7或第10實施形態的第二氣體阻隔層。又,亦可將第10實施形態的底塗層應用至第5~第9實施形態中。 For example, each configuration of each of the above embodiments may be combined as appropriate. For example, the second gas barrier layer of the eighth or ninth embodiment may be replaced with the second gas barrier layer of the seventh or tenth embodiment. Further, the undercoat layer of the tenth embodiment can be applied to the fifth to ninth embodiments.
又,在第7實施形態,雖然就氣體阻隔層的多層結構而言,將二層結構作為一例來說明,但亦可為三層以上之多層結構。 Further, in the seventh embodiment, the multilayer structure of the gas barrier layer is described as an example of a two-layer structure, but it may have a multilayer structure of three or more layers.
又,在上述實施形態,雖然基體與反射器是以個別構件來說明,但亦可形成為一體。 Further, in the above embodiment, the base and the reflector are described as individual members, but they may be integrally formed.
又,在上述實施形態,作為接合於光半導體裝置的 發光二極體,雖然是以採用發出藍色光的藍光二極體來說明,但亦可以採用發出藍色以外的光之發光二極體。 Moreover, in the above embodiment, as the bonding to the optical semiconductor device Although the light-emitting diode is described by using a blue light-emitting diode that emits blue light, a light-emitting diode that emits light other than blue may be used.
以下,同時參照圖式,並針對本發明的另一態樣的發光裝置的適宜的實施形態進行詳細說明。另外,全部圖中,對於相同或相當的部分將給予相同的符號。 Hereinafter, a preferred embodiment of a light-emitting device according to another aspect of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In addition, the same symbols will be given to the same or corresponding parts throughout the drawings.
第11實施形態的發光裝置,其具備:具有鍍銀層之基板、搭載於基板上之發光二極體、及至少覆蓋鍍銀層的表面之複層膜;其中,複層膜具有:第1層,其含有層狀矽酸化合物;及,第2層,其含有層狀矽酸化合物以外之第2矽酸化合物。 The light-emitting device according to the eleventh embodiment includes: a substrate having a silver plating layer, a light-emitting diode mounted on the substrate, and a multi-layer film covering at least a surface of the silver plating layer; wherein the multi-layer film has: first The layer contains a layered tannic acid compound; and the second layer contains a second tannic acid compound other than the layered tannic acid compound.
第12實施形態的發光裝置,其具備:具有鍍銀層之基板、搭載於基板上之發光二極體、及至少覆蓋鍍銀層的表面之複層膜;其中,複層膜具有:第1層,其含有氧氣穿透率為0.0001~10cc/m2.24h.atm的化合物;及,第1層,其含有體積電阻率為1010~1016Ω.cm的化合物。 The light-emitting device according to the twelfth embodiment includes: a substrate having a silver plating layer, a light-emitting diode mounted on the substrate, and a multi-layer film covering at least a surface of the silver plating layer; wherein the multi-layer film has: first The layer contains an oxygen permeability of 0.0001 to 10 cc/m 2 . 24h. a compound of atm; and, layer 1, which has a volume resistivity of 10 10 ~ 10 16 Ω. Cm compound.
參照第25圖及第26圖,針對第11及第12實施形態的發光裝置的構成來說明。關於第11及第12實施形態中共通的部分將彙整一起說明。 The configuration of the light-emitting device of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments will be described with reference to Figs. 25 and 26. The parts common to the eleventh and twelfth embodiments will be described together.
第25圖是發光裝置的剖面圖。第26圖是第25圖所表示之發光裝置的平面圖。如第25圖及第26圖所示,此實施形態的發光裝置201,一般是分類到「表面構裝型」。此發光裝置201,其具備:基板210、接合於基板210表面作為發 光元件之藍光LED230、以圍繞著藍光LED230的方式設置於基板210的表面上之反射器220、及填充於反射器220中並將藍光LED230密封住之透明密封樹脂240。另外,在第26圖中,省略了透明密封樹脂240的圖示。 Figure 25 is a cross-sectional view of the light-emitting device. Figure 26 is a plan view showing the light-emitting device shown in Figure 25. As shown in Figs. 25 and 26, the light-emitting device 201 of this embodiment is generally classified into a "surface structure type". The light-emitting device 201 includes a substrate 210 and is bonded to the surface of the substrate 210 as a hair The blue LED 230 of the optical element, the reflector 220 disposed on the surface of the substrate 210 in such a manner as to surround the blue LED 230, and the transparent sealing resin 240 filled in the reflector 220 and sealing the blue LED 230. In addition, in Fig. 26, the illustration of the transparent sealing resin 240 is omitted.
基板210,是鍍銅板214在絕緣性的基體212的表面上進行了配線,而鍍銀層216形成於鍍銅板214的表面上。鍍銀層216配置於基板210的表面上,成為與藍光LED230導通的電極。另外,鍍銀層216,只要是含有銀的鍍層不管是如何的組成皆可。例如,亦可藉由僅鍍覆銀來形成鍍銀層216,亦可藉由以鎳及銀這樣的順序進行鍍覆來形成鍍銀層216。鍍銅板214及鍍銀層216,在陽極側與陰極側受到絕緣。陽極側的鍍銅板214及鍍銀層216與陰極側的鍍銅板214及鍍銀層216之間的絕緣,例如,能夠藉由使陽極側的鍍銅板214及鍍銀層216與陰極側的鍍銅板214及鍍銀層216隔離,並適當地在那之間插入樹脂及陶瓷等絕緣層來進行。 The substrate 210 is a copper plated plate 214 which is wired on the surface of the insulating base 212, and a silver plated layer 216 is formed on the surface of the copper plated plate 214. The silver plating layer 216 is disposed on the surface of the substrate 210 to become an electrode that is electrically connected to the blue LED 230. Further, the silver plating layer 216 may be any composition as long as it is a plating layer containing silver. For example, the silver plating layer 216 may be formed by plating only silver, or the silver plating layer 216 may be formed by plating in the order of nickel and silver. The copper plate 214 and the silver plating layer 216 are insulated on the anode side and the cathode side. The insulation between the copper plating plate 214 and the silver plating layer 216 on the anode side and the copper plating plate 214 on the cathode side and the silver plating layer 216 can be plated, for example, by the copper plating plate 214 on the anode side and the silver plating layer 216 and the cathode side. The copper plate 214 and the silver plating layer 216 are separated, and an insulating layer such as a resin or a ceramic is interposed therebetween.
藍光LED230是晶粒接合於陽極側及陰極側之任何一方的鍍銀層216,並經由晶粒接合材232與該鍍銀層216導通著。又,藍光LED230是引線接合於陽極側及陰極側之任何另外一方的鍍銀層216,並經由接合引線與該鍍銀層216導通著。 The blue LED 230 is a silver plated layer 216 in which the die is bonded to either the anode side and the cathode side, and is electrically connected to the silver plating layer 216 via the die bonding material 232. Further, the blue LED 230 is a silver plating layer 216 which is wire-bonded to any one of the anode side and the cathode side, and is electrically connected to the silver plating layer 216 via a bonding wire.
反射器220,其填充了用以將藍光LED230密封住的透明密封樹脂240,同時將由藍光LED230所發出的光反射到發光裝置201表面側。反射器220以圍繞著藍光LED230的方式豎立在基板210的表面上。亦即,在反射器220上具備了: 內周面220a,其以圍繞著藍光LED230的方式從基板210的表面210a立起來,在內側形成了容納藍光LED230的內側空間222,並於俯視(參照第26圖)下形成了圓形;頂面220b,其鄰接著內周面220a而位於內側空間222的外側,從內周面220a的表側端緣向內側空間222的相反側擴展開來;及,外周面220c,其從頂面220b的外側端緣往下降至基板210的表面210a,並於俯視(參照第26圖)下形成了矩形。雖然內周面220a及外周面220c的形狀並沒有特別限定,但從提升發光裝置201照度的觀點而言,內周面220a較佳為形成圓錐台形狀(漏斗狀),其隨著遠離基板210而擴徑,而從提升發光裝置201集積度的觀點而言,外周面220c較佳為面對著基板210形成垂直的四角形。另外,作為內周面220a的形成例,在圖式中以圖表示出位於基板210側的下部分垂直於基板210,而位於基板210相反側的上部分則隨著遠離基板210而擴徑。 The reflector 220 is filled with a transparent sealing resin 240 for sealing the blue LED 230 while reflecting light emitted from the blue LED 230 to the surface side of the light-emitting device 201. The reflector 220 is erected on the surface of the substrate 210 in such a manner as to surround the blue LED 230. That is, the reflector 220 is provided with: The inner peripheral surface 220a is formed from the surface 210a of the substrate 210 so as to surround the blue LED 230, and an inner space 222 for accommodating the blue LED 230 is formed inside, and a circular shape is formed in a plan view (refer to FIG. 26); The surface 220b is located outside the inner space 222 adjacent to the inner circumferential surface 220a, and extends from the front edge of the inner circumferential surface 220a toward the opposite side of the inner space 222; and the outer circumferential surface 220c is from the top surface 220b. The outer end edge is lowered to the surface 210a of the substrate 210, and a rectangular shape is formed in a plan view (see Fig. 26). The shape of the inner circumferential surface 220a and the outer circumferential surface 220c is not particularly limited. However, from the viewpoint of improving the illuminance of the light-emitting device 201, the inner circumferential surface 220a preferably has a truncated cone shape (funnel shape) which is away from the substrate 210. The diameter is increased, and from the viewpoint of increasing the degree of accumulation of the light-emitting device 201, the outer peripheral surface 220c preferably forms a vertical quadrangle facing the substrate 210. Further, as an example of the formation of the inner circumferential surface 220a, the lower portion on the substrate 210 side is perpendicular to the substrate 210 in the drawing, and the upper portion on the opposite side of the substrate 210 is expanded in diameter as it goes away from the substrate 210.
反射器220是由含有白色顏料的熱硬化性樹脂組成物之硬化物所構成。從反射器220之易於形成性的觀點而言,熱硬化性樹脂組成物較佳為在熱硬化前於室溫(25℃)可加壓成型者。 The reflector 220 is composed of a cured product of a thermosetting resin composition containing a white pigment. From the viewpoint of easy formation of the reflector 220, the thermosetting resin composition is preferably one which can be press-formed at room temperature (25 ° C) before thermal curing.
作為熱硬化性樹脂組成物中所包含的熱硬化性樹脂,能夠使用環氧樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、胺酯樹脂、氰酸酯樹脂、氟系樹脂等種種樹脂。特別是環氧樹脂,其較佳是由於對各種材料的黏著性優異。 As the thermosetting resin contained in the thermosetting resin composition, various resins such as an epoxy resin, a polyoxymethylene resin, an amine ester resin, a cyanate resin, and a fluorine resin can be used. In particular, an epoxy resin is preferred because of its excellent adhesion to various materials.
作為白色顏料,能夠使用氧化鋁、氧化鎂、氧化銻、 氧化鈦或氧化鋯。在此等之中從光反射性這點而言較佳為氧化鈦。亦可使用無機中空粒子來作為白色顏料。就無機中空粒子的具體例而言,可舉出矽酸鈉玻璃、矽酸鋁玻璃、硼矽酸鈉玻璃、白砂等。 As a white pigment, alumina, magnesia, cerium oxide, or the like can be used. Titanium oxide or zirconia. Among these, titanium oxide is preferred from the viewpoint of light reflectivity. Inorganic hollow particles can also be used as the white pigment. Specific examples of the inorganic hollow particles include sodium citrate glass, aluminum silicate glass, sodium borosilicate glass, white sand, and the like.
透明密封樹脂240是填充於藉由反射器220的內周面220a所形成的內側空間222裡,而將藍光LED230密封住。此透明密封樹脂240是由具有透光性的透明密封樹脂所構成。透明密封樹脂之中,除了完全透明的樹脂之外,也包含半透明的樹脂。就透明密封樹脂而言,較佳為彈性係數在室溫(25℃)下為1MPa以下者。特別是從透明性這點而言,較佳為採用聚矽氧樹脂或丙烯酸樹脂。透明密封樹脂亦可進一步含有將光線擴散的無機充填材或是螢光體242,該螢光體242將由藍光二極體230所發出的藍光作為激發源而成為白色光。 The transparent sealing resin 240 is filled in the inner space 222 formed by the inner peripheral surface 220a of the reflector 220, and the blue LED 230 is sealed. This transparent sealing resin 240 is composed of a transparent sealing resin having light transmissivity. Among the transparent sealing resins, in addition to the completely transparent resin, a translucent resin is also included. In the case of the transparent sealing resin, the modulus of elasticity is preferably 1 MPa or less at room temperature (25 ° C). In particular, from the viewpoint of transparency, a polyoxyxylene resin or an acrylic resin is preferably used. The transparent sealing resin may further contain an inorganic filler or a phosphor 242 that diffuses light, and the phosphor 242 converts blue light emitted from the blue diode 230 as an excitation source to become white light.
在第11實施形態的發光裝置的情況下,發光裝置201,其鍍銀層216是藉由複層膜也就是抗變色膜260所覆蓋,該複層膜是由含有層狀矽酸化合物的第1層(氣體阻隔層)252、與含有層狀矽酸化合物以外之第2矽酸化合物的第2層(底塗層)250之2層所構成,而透明密封樹脂240與反射器220接合在一起。 In the case of the light-emitting device of the eleventh embodiment, the silver-plated layer 216 of the light-emitting device 201 is covered by a multi-layer film, that is, the anti-tarnish film 260, which is composed of a layered tannic acid compound. One layer (gas barrier layer) 252 is formed of two layers of a second layer (primer layer) 250 containing a second tantalum compound other than the layered tannic acid compound, and the transparent sealing resin 240 is bonded to the reflector 220. together.
在第12實施形態的發光裝置的情況下,發光裝置201,其鍍銀層216是藉由複層膜也就是抗變色膜260所覆蓋,該複層膜是由第1層(氣體阻隔層)252、與第2層(底塗層)250之2層所構成,而透明密封樹脂240與反射器220 接合在一起。氣體阻隔層252含有氧氣穿透率為0.0001~10cc/m2.24h.atm的化合物。氣體阻隔層252所含有的化合物,從獲得實用的氣體阻隔性(氣體遮蔽性)之觀點而言,氧氣穿透率較佳為0.0001~5cc/m2.24h.atm,從同時考慮將氣體阻隔層進行成膜時的除氣程序,並獲得優異的氣體阻隔性之觀點而言,氧氣穿透率更佳為0.001~1cc/m2.24h.atm。 In the case of the light-emitting device of the twelfth embodiment, the silver-plated layer 216 of the light-emitting device 201 is covered by a multi-layer film, that is, the anti-tarnish film 260, which is composed of the first layer (gas barrier layer). 252, which is composed of two layers of the second layer (undercoat layer) 250, and the transparent sealing resin 240 is bonded to the reflector 220. The gas barrier layer 252 contains an oxygen permeability of 0.0001 to 10 cc/m 2 . 24h. A compound of atm. The compound contained in the gas barrier layer 252 preferably has an oxygen permeability of from 0.0001 to 5 cc/m 2 from the viewpoint of obtaining practical gas barrier properties (gas shielding properties). 24h. Atm, the oxygen permeability is preferably from 0.001 to 1 cc/m 2 from the viewpoint of simultaneously taking out the degassing procedure for forming a gas barrier layer and obtaining excellent gas barrier properties. 24h. Atm.
第12實施形態中,化合物的氧氣穿透率,能夠依據JIS K7126-1(GC法)而求得。具體而言,針對如以下進行而製作的評價用樣品來測定氧氣穿透率。首先,以層狀矽酸化合物成為5質量%,水成為95質量%的方式來秤量、混合,使用自轉公轉攪拌機(planetary centrifugal mixer)(THINKY股份有限公司製,ARE-310)以2000rpm進行混合10分鐘,以2200rpm進行脫泡10分鐘。其次,在附有易接着層之PET薄膜(東洋紡製,A4300-125)上,使用濕厚度100μm之刮棒塗布機(bar coater),將測定對象也就是化合物5質量%之溶液塗布後,於22℃靜置12小時去除溶劑,製作成在表面上具備所形成之膜的PET薄膜,將此作為評價用樣品。 In the twelfth embodiment, the oxygen permeability of the compound can be determined in accordance with JIS K7126-1 (GC method). Specifically, the oxygen permeability was measured for the sample for evaluation prepared as follows. First, the layered citric acid compound was 5% by mass, and the water was 95% by mass. The mixture was weighed and mixed, and the mixture was mixed at 2000 rpm using a planetary centrifugal mixer (ARE-310, manufactured by THINKY Co., Ltd.). In minutes, defoaming was carried out at 2,200 rpm for 10 minutes. Next, on a PET film (A4300-125) with an easy-to-adhere layer, a bar coater having a wet thickness of 100 μm was used, and a solution of a target of 5 mass% of the compound was applied. The solvent was removed by leaving at 22 ° C for 12 hours to prepare a PET film having the formed film on the surface, and this was used as a sample for evaluation.
在第11實施形態的發光裝置的情況下,由2層所構成的抗變色膜260內,含有層狀矽酸化合物的氣體阻隔層252,是藉由覆蓋鍍銀層216來抑制鍍銀層216的變色(例如,硫化導致的變色),且是由後述的本實施形態的第一銀用表面處理劑的A液所形成。氣體阻隔層252,藉由包含層狀矽酸化合物,而能夠形成如第32圖所示之氣體的路徑路線長且氣體阻隔性優異的膜,獲得優異的氣體阻隔性。從如同上述 觀點而言,若層狀矽酸化合物的厚度D為1nm~30nm,長度L為30~50000,則尺寸比高而較佳。 In the case of the light-emitting device of the eleventh embodiment, the gas barrier layer 252 containing the layered tantalum compound in the anti-tarnish film 260 composed of two layers suppresses the silver plating layer 216 by covering the silver plating layer 216. The discoloration (for example, discoloration due to vulcanization) is formed by the liquid A of the first silver surface treatment agent of the present embodiment to be described later. The gas barrier layer 252 can form a film having a long path of gas and excellent gas barrier properties as shown in FIG. 32 by including a layered tantalum compound, and excellent gas barrier properties can be obtained. From the above In view of the above, when the thickness D of the layered tannic acid compound is from 1 nm to 30 nm and the length L is from 30 to 50,000, the dimensional ratio is preferably high.
在第12實施形態的發光裝置的情況下,由2層所構成的抗變色膜260內,氣體阻隔層252是抑制鍍銀層216的變色(例如,硫化導致的變色)者,且能夠由後述的本實施形態的第二銀用表面處理劑的A液來形成。 In the case of the light-emitting device of the twelfth embodiment, in the anti-tarnish film 260 composed of two layers, the gas barrier layer 252 suppresses discoloration (for example, discoloration due to vulcanization) of the silver-plated layer 216, and can be described later. The second silver surface treatment agent of the present embodiment is formed of the liquid A.
氣體阻隔層252的膜厚,較佳為0.01μm以上且1000μm以下,更佳為0.03μm以上且500μm以下,又更佳為0.05μm以上且100μm以下,再更佳為0.05μm以上且10μm以下,特佳為0.05μm以上且1μm以下。藉由將氣體阻隔層252的膜厚設在0.01μm以上且1000μm以下,能夠兼具對鍍銀層216的耐變色性與抗變色膜的透明性。這種情況,藉由將氣體阻隔層252的膜厚設在0.03μm以上且500μm以下、0.05μm以上且100μm以下、0.05μm以上且10μm以下、0.05μm以上且1μm以下,能夠使此效果更加提升。本實施形態的抗變色膜,藉著由後述的本實施形態的第一或第二銀用表面處理劑的A液及B液來形成,即使於上述的膜厚中也不易發生龜裂。 The film thickness of the gas barrier layer 252 is preferably 0.01 μm or more and 1000 μm or less, more preferably 0.03 μm or more and 500 μm or less, still more preferably 0.05 μm or more and 100 μm or less. It is preferably 0.05 μm or more and 10 μm or less, and particularly preferably 0.05 μm or more and 1 μm or less. By setting the film thickness of the gas barrier layer 252 to 0.01 μm or more and 1000 μm or less, the discoloration resistance of the silver plating layer 216 and the transparency of the anti-tarnish film can be achieved. In this case, the film thickness of the gas barrier layer 252 is set to 0.03 μm or more and 500 μm or less, 0.05 μm or more and 100 μm or less, 0.05 μm or more, 10 μm or less, or 0.05 μm or more. And below 1 μm , this effect can be further improved. The anti-tarnish film of the present embodiment is formed of the liquid A and the liquid B of the first or second silver surface treatment agent of the present embodiment to be described later, and cracks are less likely to occur even in the above film thickness.
在第11實施形態的發光裝置的情況下,膜厚之調整,例如能夠藉由變更銀用表面處理劑中溶劑的含量,適當調整層狀矽酸化合物的濃度來進行。又,即使藉由銀用表面處理劑的滴入量及滴入次數也能夠調整膜厚。 In the case of the light-emitting device of the eleventh embodiment, the film thickness can be adjusted by, for example, changing the content of the solvent in the surface treatment agent for silver and appropriately adjusting the concentration of the layered tannic acid compound. Moreover, the film thickness can be adjusted by the amount of the surface treatment agent for silver and the number of times of dripping.
在第12實施形態的發光裝置的情況下,膜厚之調整,例如能夠藉由變更銀用表面處理劑中溶劑的含量,適當 調整上述具有既定之氧氣穿透率的化合物的濃度來進行。又,即使藉由銀用表面處理劑的滴入量及滴入次數也能夠調整膜厚。 In the case of the light-emitting device of the twelfth embodiment, the film thickness can be adjusted, for example, by changing the content of the solvent in the surface treatment agent for silver. The concentration of the above compound having a predetermined oxygen permeability is adjusted to carry out the above. Moreover, the film thickness can be adjusted by the amount of the surface treatment agent for silver and the number of times of dripping.
在第11實施形態的發光裝置的情況下,氣體阻隔層252較佳為包含具有以下之氧氣穿透率的層狀矽酸化合物。層狀矽酸化合物的氧氣穿透率較佳為0.0001~10cc/m2.24h.atm從獲得實用的氣體阻隔性(氣體遮蔽性)之觀點而言,更佳為0.0001~5cc/m2.24h.atm。從同時考慮將含有層狀矽酸化合物的膜進行成膜時的除氣程序,並獲得優異的氣體阻隔性之觀點而言,氧氣穿透率又更佳為0.001~1cc/m2.24h.atm。 In the case of the light-emitting device of the eleventh embodiment, the gas barrier layer 252 preferably contains a layered tannic acid compound having the following oxygen permeability. The oxygen permeability of the layered citric acid compound is preferably from 0.0001 to 10 cc/m 2 . 24h. From the viewpoint of obtaining practical gas barrier properties (gas shielding properties), atm is more preferably 0.0001 to 5 cc/m 2 . 24h. Atm. The oxygen permeability is more preferably from 0.001 to 1 cc/m 2 from the viewpoint of simultaneously obtaining a degassing procedure for forming a film containing a layered citric acid compound and obtaining excellent gas barrier properties. 24h. Atm.
層狀矽酸化合物之氧氣穿透率的測定,能夠依據JIS K7126-1(GC法)而求得。評價用樣品,是如以下進行而製備。首先,以層狀矽酸化合物成為5質量%,水成為95質量%的方式來秤量、混合,使用自轉公轉攪拌機(THINKY股份有限公司製,ARE-310)以2000rpm進行混合10分鐘,以2200rpm進行脫泡10分鐘。其次,在附有易接着層之PET薄膜(東洋紡製,A4300-125)上,使用濕厚度100μm之刮棒塗布機,將於上述所獲得的層狀矽酸化合物5質量%之溶液塗布後,於22℃靜置12小時去除溶劑,製作成在表面上具備層狀矽酸化合物膜的PET薄膜,將此作為評價用樣品。 The oxygen permeability of the layered tannic acid compound can be determined in accordance with JIS K7126-1 (GC method). The sample for evaluation was prepared as follows. First, the layered citric acid compound was 5% by mass, and the water was 95% by mass. The mixture was weighed and mixed, and the mixture was mixed at 2000 rpm for 10 minutes using a rotary revolution mixer (ARE-310, manufactured by THINKY Co., Ltd.) at 2,200 rpm. Defoam for 10 minutes. Next, on a PET film (A4300-125) having an easy-to-adhere layer, a solution having a thickness of 100 μm was applied to a solution of the above-mentioned layered citric acid compound of 5% by mass, The solvent was removed by leaving at 22 ° C for 12 hours to prepare a PET film having a layered tantalate film on the surface, and this was used as a sample for evaluation.
在第11實施形態的發光裝置的情況下,從提升抗變色膜的耐變色性能之觀點而言,氣體阻隔層252中層狀矽酸化合物的含量,以氣體阻隔層總量為基準來說,較佳為10質量%以上,更佳為50質量%以上,再更佳為80質量%以上, 特佳為100質量%。 In the case of the light-emitting device of the eleventh embodiment, the content of the layered tannic acid compound in the gas barrier layer 252 is based on the total amount of the gas barrier layer from the viewpoint of improving the discoloration resistance of the anti-tarnish film. It is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and still more preferably 80% by mass or more. Very good is 100% by mass.
在第12實施形態的發光裝置的情況下,從提升抗變色膜的耐變色性能之觀點而言,氣體阻隔層252中具有上述既定氧氣穿透率的化合物之含量,以氣體阻隔層總量為基準來說,較佳為10質量%以上,更佳為50質量%以上,再更佳為80質量%以上,特佳為100質量%。 In the case of the light-emitting device of the twelfth embodiment, the content of the compound having the predetermined oxygen permeability in the gas barrier layer 252 is from the viewpoint of improving the discoloration resistance of the anti-tarnish film, and the total amount of the gas barrier layer is The basis of the standard is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, still more preferably 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 100% by mass.
第12實施形態中,作為氣體阻隔層252所含有之具有上述既定氧氣穿透率的化合物,例如可舉出層狀矽酸化合物等。氣體阻隔層252在含有層狀矽酸化合物的情況下,能夠形成如第32圖所示之氣體的路徑路線長且氣體阻隔性優異的膜,獲得優異的氣體阻隔性。從如同上述觀點而言,若層狀矽酸化合物的厚度D為1nm~30nm,長度L為30~50000則尺寸比高而較佳。又,藉由含有層狀矽酸化合物,能夠不妨礙發光裝置的發光特性,並獲得優異的氣體阻隔性。 In the twelfth embodiment, the compound having the predetermined oxygen gas permeability contained in the gas barrier layer 252 may, for example, be a layered tannic acid compound. When the gas barrier layer 252 contains a layered tantalum compound, a film having a long path of gas and excellent gas barrier properties as shown in Fig. 32 can be formed, and excellent gas barrier properties can be obtained. From the above viewpoint, when the layered tannic acid compound has a thickness D of from 1 nm to 30 nm and a length L of from 30 to 50,000, the size ratio is preferably high. Moreover, by containing a layered tannic acid compound, excellent gas barrier properties can be obtained without impeding the light-emitting characteristics of the light-emitting device.
在第12實施形態的發光裝置的情況,底塗層250含有體積電阻率為1010~1016Ω.cm的化合物。底塗層250所含有的化合物,從確保絕緣性的觀點而言,體積電阻率為1010~1016Ω.cm,從體積電阻率之測定的技術極限及實用性而言,體積電阻率的上限可設為1016Ω.cm。從提高絕緣性的觀點而言,上述化合物其體積電阻率較佳為1012~1016Ω.cm,更佳為1013~1016Ω.cm。所謂化合物的體積電阻率,是指針對體積電阻率測定試驗片,依照JIS C2139所測定出來的值,該體積電阻率測定試驗片是將測定對象的化合物塗布於附銅電極之基板,並於150℃予以乾燥3小時而獲得。 In the case of the light-emitting device of the twelfth embodiment, the undercoat layer 250 has a volume resistivity of 10 10 to 10 16 Ω. Cm compound. The compound contained in the undercoat layer 250 has a volume resistivity of 10 10 to 10 16 Ω from the viewpoint of ensuring insulation. Cm, from the technical limit and practicality of the measurement of volume resistivity, the upper limit of volume resistivity can be set to 10 16 Ω. Cm. The volume resistivity of the above compound is preferably from 10 12 to 10 16 Ω from the viewpoint of improving the insulating property. Cm, more preferably 10 13 ~ 10 16 Ω. Cm. The volume resistivity of the compound is a value measured by a volume resistivity measurement test piece according to JIS C2139. The volume resistivity measurement test piece is a substrate on which a compound to be measured is applied to a substrate having a copper electrode, and is 150. It was obtained by drying at °C for 3 hours.
第12實施形態中,底塗層250所含有的上述化合物,從藉由其柔軟性而獲得黏著性的觀點而言,線膨脹係數較佳為180ppm~450ppm。隨著確保源自柔軟性的黏著性變得較容易,藉由用於覆蓋或密封的透明密封樹脂,則能夠抑制變形發生於上述化合物。從提高源自柔軟性之黏著性的觀點而言,上述化合物的線膨脹係數更佳為200ppm~450ppm,從提高與用於覆蓋或密封的透明密封樹脂之接着可靠度的觀點而言,又更佳為200ppm~350ppm。所謂化合物的線膨脹係數,是指藉由根據JIS K7197「用熱機械分析法測定塑膠線性熱膨脹係數的試驗方法」而依照TMA(熱機械分析法;Thermal Mechanical Analysis)所測定出來的值。 In the twelfth embodiment, the compound contained in the undercoat layer 250 preferably has a linear expansion coefficient of from 180 ppm to 450 ppm from the viewpoint of obtaining adhesiveness by flexibility. As the adhesion from the softness is ensured to be easy, by the transparent sealing resin for covering or sealing, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of deformation in the above compound. From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion derived from softness, the linear expansion coefficient of the above compound is more preferably from 200 ppm to 450 ppm, and from the viewpoint of improving the reliability of the transparent sealing resin for covering or sealing, Good is 200ppm~350ppm. The coefficient of linear expansion of the compound is a value measured by TMA (Thermal Mechanical Analysis) according to JIS K7197 "Testing Method for Measuring Linear Thermal Expansion Coefficient of Plastics by Thermomechanical Analysis".
第12實施形態中,底塗層250所含有的化合物,從光取出效率的觀點而言,對於主要用於照明用之藍光二極體的中心波長也就是450nm的光透過率,就換算成底塗層250為1mm厚度的值,較佳為80~100%。從對於更高輝度之發光二極體的應用性之觀點而言,上述化合物的光透過率更佳為85~100%,再更佳為90~100%。上述化合物的光透過率,是指將塗布於PET薄膜上的矽酸化合物利用分光光度計(UV-Vis)所測定而得到的值。 In the twelfth embodiment, the compound contained in the undercoat layer 250 is converted into a bottom light at a central wavelength of 450 nm which is mainly used for illumination, from the viewpoint of light extraction efficiency. The coating 250 has a value of 1 mm thickness, preferably 80 to 100%. The light transmittance of the above compound is preferably from 85 to 100%, more preferably from 90 to 100%, from the viewpoint of applicability to a higher luminance light-emitting diode. The light transmittance of the above compound means a value obtained by measuring a phthalic acid compound coated on a PET film by a spectrophotometer (UV-Vis).
在第11實施形態的發光裝置的情況下,由2層所構成之抗變色膜內,作為含有第2矽酸化合物之底塗層250,較佳為具有黏著性及絕緣性之層。底塗層250,能夠由後述的本實施形態的第一銀用表面處理劑的B液來形成。 In the case of the light-emitting device of the eleventh embodiment, the undercoat layer 250 containing the second bismuth acid compound is preferably a layer having adhesiveness and insulating properties in the anti-tarnish film composed of two layers. The undercoat layer 250 can be formed of the liquid B of the first silver surface treatment agent of the present embodiment to be described later.
在第12實施形態的發光裝置的情況下,由2層所構 成之抗變色膜內,作為底塗層250,較佳為具有黏著性及絕緣性之層。底塗層250,能夠由後述的本實施形態的第二銀用表面處理劑的B液來形成。 In the case of the light-emitting device of the twelfth embodiment, the structure is composed of two layers. In the anti-tarnish film, as the undercoat layer 250, a layer having adhesiveness and insulating properties is preferable. The undercoat layer 250 can be formed of the liquid B of the second silver surface treatment agent of the present embodiment to be described later.
底塗層250的膜厚,從黏著性的觀點而言較佳為10nm~1000nm,從耐水性的觀點而言更佳為30nm~1000nm。從有效地展現氣體阻隔層之氣體阻隔性的觀點而言又更佳為30~500nm。 The film thickness of the undercoat layer 250 is preferably from 10 nm to 1000 nm from the viewpoint of adhesion, and more preferably from 30 nm to 1000 nm from the viewpoint of water resistance. More preferably, it is 30 to 500 nm from the viewpoint of effectively exhibiting gas barrier properties of the gas barrier layer.
在第12實施形態的發光裝置的情況下,膜厚之調整,例如能夠藉由變更銀用表面處理劑中溶劑的含量,適當調整上述具有既定體積電阻率的化合物的濃度來進行。又,即使藉由銀用表面處理劑的滴入量及滴入次數也能夠調整膜厚。 In the case of the light-emitting device of the twelfth embodiment, the film thickness can be adjusted by, for example, changing the concentration of the solvent in the surface treatment agent for silver and appropriately adjusting the concentration of the compound having a predetermined volume resistivity. Moreover, the film thickness can be adjusted by the amount of the surface treatment agent for silver and the number of times of dripping.
第11及第12實施形態中,藉由將氣體阻隔層252疊層到底塗層250上,隨著能夠確保透明性,同時提升抗變色膜260的耐水性及對鍍銀層216的黏著力,而能夠抑制在用於覆蓋或密封的透明密封部240與反射器220的內周面220a之間的剝離。 In the eleventh and twelfth embodiments, by laminating the gas barrier layer 252 on the undercoat layer 250, the water resistance of the anti-tarnish film 260 and the adhesion to the silver plating layer 216 can be improved while ensuring transparency. It is possible to suppress peeling between the transparent sealing portion 240 for covering or sealing and the inner circumferential surface 220a of the reflector 220.
其次,針對本實施形態的銀用表面處理劑來說明。 Next, the surface treatment agent for silver of this embodiment is demonstrated.
本實施形態的第一銀用表面處理劑(以下,依據情況也稱為「第一銀用表面處理劑」),其具有下述2種類的液體:含有層狀矽酸化合物之A液(以下,也稱為「A液」)、及含有層狀矽酸化合物以外之第2矽酸化合物之B液(以下,也稱為「B液」)。 The first silver surface treatment agent (hereinafter also referred to as "first silver surface treatment agent" according to the present embodiment) has the following two types of liquid: liquid A containing a layered tannic acid compound (hereinafter referred to as It is also called "A liquid"), and B liquid (hereinafter, also referred to as "B liquid") containing a second bismuth acid compound other than the layered citric acid compound.
本實施形態的第二銀用表面處理劑(以下,依據情 況也稱為「第二銀用表面處理劑」),其包含下述2種類的液體:含有氧氣穿透率為0.0001~10cc/m2.24h.atm的化合物之A液(以下,也稱為「A液」);及,含有體積電阻率為1010~1016Ω.cm的化合物之B液(以下,也稱為「B液」)。 The second silver surface treatment agent (hereinafter also referred to as "second silver surface treatment agent" according to the present embodiment) contains the following two types of liquids: oxygen gas permeability of 0.0001 to 10 cc/m. 2 . 24h. A liquid of atm compound (hereinafter also referred to as "A liquid"); and, containing a volume resistivity of 10 10 ~ 10 16 Ω. The liquid B of the compound of cm (hereinafter also referred to as "liquid B").
本實施形態的表面處理劑的對象也就是銀之中,也包含銀合金及鍍銀。 The object of the surface treatment agent of this embodiment is silver, and also contains a silver alloy and silver plating.
若根據本實施形態的第一銀用表面處理劑,藉由以B液在銀的表面上形成底塗層250,以A液在底塗層250上形成氣體阻隔層252,而能夠形成由此等2層所構成的抗變色膜260。於氣體阻隔層252中,藉由疊層了具有扁平的板狀形狀之層狀矽酸化合物,而能夠展現出對例如硫化氫等氣體之氣體遮蔽性,在銀的表面,特別是在銀蒸鍍面上能夠賦予優異的耐變色性。又,藉由將含有第2矽酸化合物的底塗層250作為氣體阻隔層252的底塗,形成於鍍銀層的表面上,而能夠提升抗變色膜260的耐水性及對銀之黏著力,還能夠提升與發光裝置之用於覆蓋、密封等之透明密封樹脂的密合性。 According to the first silver surface treatment agent of the present embodiment, by forming the undercoat layer 250 on the surface of the silver with the B liquid, the gas barrier layer 252 is formed on the undercoat layer 250 with the liquid A, whereby the formation can be performed. The anti-tarnish film 260 composed of two layers is used. In the gas barrier layer 252, by laminating a layered tantalum compound having a flat plate-like shape, gas shielding properties against a gas such as hydrogen sulfide can be exhibited, and the surface of the silver, particularly silver, is vaporized. The plated surface can impart excellent discoloration resistance. Further, by forming the undercoat layer 250 containing the second bismuth acid compound as a primer layer of the gas barrier layer 252 on the surface of the silver plating layer, the water resistance of the anti-tarnish film 260 and the adhesion to silver can be improved. Further, it is possible to improve the adhesion to the transparent sealing resin for covering, sealing, and the like of the light-emitting device.
本案發明人等認為能得到上述效果的理由如同以下所述。層狀矽酸化合物具有板狀形狀,且具有藉由水或水與醇類等溶劑之混合溶劑膨潤而分散於溶劑中的性質。若根據本實施形態的銀用表面處理劑,於銀的表面上塗布了B液後,藉由乾燥形成底塗層,於其上塗布了包含層狀矽酸化合物的A液後,藉由去除溶劑,而能夠將層狀矽酸化合物的粒子疊層於底塗層上。本案發明人等認為,藉此能夠形成對銀的變色要因也就是大氣中的氣體(例如,硫化氫氣體)之遮 蔽性優異的膜,而且該膜藉由底塗層,變得提升了耐水性、黏著性、耐龜裂性。 The reason why the inventors of the present invention thought that the above effects can be obtained is as follows. The layered tannic acid compound has a plate-like shape and has a property of being dispersed in a solvent by swelling with water or a mixed solvent of a solvent such as water and an alcohol. According to the silver surface treatment agent of the present embodiment, after the B liquid is applied onto the surface of the silver, the undercoat layer is formed by drying, and the layer A containing the layered tannic acid compound is applied thereon, and then removed. The solvent is capable of laminating particles of the layered tannic acid compound on the undercoat layer. The inventors of the present invention thought that it is possible to form a color change factor for silver, that is, a gas (for example, hydrogen sulfide gas) in the atmosphere. A film excellent in barrier properties, and the film is improved in water resistance, adhesion, and crack resistance by the undercoat layer.
若根據本實施形態的第二銀用表面處理劑,藉由以B液在銀的表面上形成底塗層250,以A液在底塗層250上形成氣體阻隔層252,而能夠形成由此等2層所構成的抗變色膜260。氣體阻隔層252藉由包含了氧氣穿透率0.0001~10cc/m2.24h.atm的化合物,而能夠展現出對例如硫化氫等氣體之氣體遮蔽性,在銀的表面,特別是在銀蒸鍍面上能夠賦予優異的耐變色性。又,藉由將含有體積電阻率1010~1016Ω.cm的化合物之底塗層250作為氣體阻隔層252的底塗,形成於鍍銀層的表面上,而能夠提升抗變色膜260的絕緣可靠度、耐水性及對銀之黏著力,還能夠提升與發光裝置之用於覆蓋、密封等之透明密封樹脂的密合性。 According to the second silver surface treatment agent of the present embodiment, the gas barrier layer 252 is formed on the undercoat layer 250 by the liquid A by forming the undercoat layer 250 on the surface of the silver with the liquid B, whereby the gas barrier layer 252 can be formed on the undercoat layer 250. The anti-tarnish film 260 composed of two layers is used. The gas barrier layer 252 includes an oxygen permeability of 0.0001 to 10 cc/m 2 . 24h. The compound of atm can exhibit gas shielding properties against a gas such as hydrogen sulfide, and can impart excellent discoloration resistance on the surface of silver, particularly on a silver vapor deposition surface. Also, by containing a volume resistivity of 10 10 ~ 10 16 Ω. The undercoat layer 250 of the compound of cm is formed as a primer for the gas barrier layer 252, and is formed on the surface of the silver plating layer, thereby improving the insulation reliability, water resistance and adhesion to the silver of the anti-tarnish film 260, and can also be improved. Adhesion to a transparent sealing resin for covering, sealing, etc. of a light-emitting device.
氣體阻隔層,就氧氣穿透率0.0001~10cc/m2.24h.atm的化合物而言,在包含層狀矽酸化合物的情況下,藉由疊層了具有扁平的板狀形狀之層狀矽酸化合物,而能夠更加高度展現氣體遮蔽性,在銀的表面,特別是在銀蒸鍍面上能夠賦予優異的耐變色性。 The gas barrier layer has an oxygen permeability of 0.0001~10cc/m 2 . 24h. In the case of a compound of atm, in the case of a layered tannic acid compound, by laminating a layered tantalum compound having a flat plate-like shape, gas shielding properties can be more highly exhibited, and on the surface of silver, It is capable of imparting excellent discoloration resistance on a silver vapor deposition surface.
本案發明人等認為能得到上述效果的理由如同以下所述。層狀矽酸化合物具有板狀形狀,且具有藉由水或水與醇類等溶劑之混合溶劑膨潤而分散於溶劑中的性質。若根據在本實施形態中所使用之銀用表面處理劑,於銀的表面上塗布了B液後,藉由乾燥形成底塗層,於其上塗布了包含層狀矽酸化合物的A液後,藉由去除溶劑,而能夠將層狀矽酸化 合物的粒子疊層於底塗層上。本案發明人等認為,藉此能夠形成對銀的變色要因也就是大氣中的氣體(例如,硫氣體或硫化氫氣體)之遮蔽性優異的膜,而且該膜藉由底塗層,變得提升了絕緣可靠度、耐水性、耐龜裂性。 The reason why the inventors of the present invention thought that the above effects can be obtained is as follows. The layered tannic acid compound has a plate-like shape and has a property of being dispersed in a solvent by swelling with water or a mixed solvent of a solvent such as water and an alcohol. According to the silver surface treatment agent used in the present embodiment, after the liquid B is applied onto the surface of the silver, the undercoat layer is formed by drying, and the liquid A containing the layered tannic acid compound is applied thereon. By layering the acidification by removing the solvent The particles of the composition are laminated on the undercoat layer. The inventors of the present invention thought that it is possible to form a film which is excellent in the shielding property of the gas in the atmosphere (for example, sulfur gas or hydrogen sulfide gas), and the film is improved by the undercoat layer. Insulation reliability, water resistance, and crack resistance.
第一銀用表面處理劑中,作為A液所包含的層狀矽酸化合物,例如可舉出斯蒂文石、水輝石、皂石、蒙脫石、貝德石等膨潤石及膨潤性雲母。此等可單獨1種或組合2種以上來使用。 In the first silver surface treatment agent, examples of the layered citric acid compound contained in the liquid A include bentonite such as stellite, hectorite, saponite, montmorillonite, and beide, and swellable mica. . These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
第二銀用表面處理劑中,作為A液所包含之氧氣穿透率0.0001~10cc/m2.24h.atm的化合物,能夠例示層狀矽酸化合物。就層狀矽酸化合物而言,例如可舉出斯蒂文石、水輝石、皂石、蒙脫石、貝德石等膨潤石及膨潤性雲母。此等可單獨1種或組合2種以上來使用。 In the second silver surface treatment agent, the oxygen permeability contained in the liquid A is 0.0001 to 10 cc/m 2 . 24h. A compound of atm can be exemplified by a layered citric acid compound. Examples of the layered citric acid compound include bentonite such as stellite, hectorite, saponite, montmorillonite, and beide, and swellable mica. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
第一及第二銀用表面處理劑中,就膨潤性雲母而言,例如可舉出氟金雲母(fluorphlogopite)、四矽鉀雲母(K tetrasilisic mica)、四矽鈉雲母(Na tetrasilisic mica)、鈉帶雲母(Na taeniolite)、鋰帶雲母(Li taeniolite)等。 Among the first and second silver surface treatment agents, examples of the swellable mica include fluorphlogopite, K tetrasilisic mica, and Na tetrasilisic mica. Na taeniolite, Li taeniolite, and the like.
上述化合物,具有厚度1nm~30nm,平均長邊長度30~50000nm之扁平的板狀形狀,藉由疊層於銀的表面上而能夠更有效地展現對硫化氫等氣體之氣體遮蔽性。 The above compound has a flat plate shape having a thickness of 1 nm to 30 nm and an average long side length of 30 to 50,000 nm, and can be more effectively exhibited gas shielding properties against a gas such as hydrogen sulfide by being laminated on the surface of silver.
層狀矽酸化合物,從對硫化氫等之氣體遮蔽性的觀點而言,平均長邊長度較佳為30nm以上且50000nm,更佳為100nm以上且50000nm以下,又更佳為100nm以上且20000nm以下,特佳為100nm以上且10000nm以下。又,從氣體遮蔽 性及維持銀本來的光澤之觀點而言,平均長邊長度較佳為100nm以上且5000nm以下。 The layered tannic acid compound has an average long side length of preferably 30 nm or more and 50000 nm, more preferably 100 nm or more and 50,000 nm or less, and more preferably 100 nm or more and 20,000 nm or less from the viewpoint of gas shielding properties such as hydrogen sulfide. It is particularly preferably 100 nm or more and 10000 nm or less. Again, from gas shielding From the viewpoint of properties and maintaining the original gloss of silver, the average long side length is preferably 100 nm or more and 5000 nm or less.
另外,層狀矽酸化合物的長邊長度,在從垂直線的上方看著扁平的板狀形狀之粒子時,如第27圖所示,當粒子300的外接長方形310之長邊的長度為最大時,意指該長邊的長度Lmax,能藉由使用例如穿透式電子顯微鏡等來測定。又,所謂平均長邊長度,是指在穿透式電子顯微鏡的縱100μm×橫100μm之範圍,將圖像內全部粒子之上述長邊長度值進行平均化的數值。另外,就自動求得平均長邊長度的方法而言,也能夠使用二次元圖像的圖像分析軟體(住友金屬科技製,粒子解析Ver3.5)。 Further, when the long side length of the layered tannic acid compound is a flat plate-shaped particle viewed from above the vertical line, as shown in Fig. 27, when the length of the long side of the circumscribed rectangle 310 of the particle 300 is the largest In the meantime, it means that the length Lmax of the long side can be measured by using, for example, a transmission electron microscope or the like. In addition, the average long-side length refers to a value obtained by averaging the long-side length values of all the particles in the image in the range of 100 μm in the longitudinal direction and 100 μm in the horizontal direction of the transmission electron microscope. Further, in the method of automatically obtaining the average long side length, it is also possible to use an image analysis software of a secondary image (manufactured by Sumitomo Metal Technology, Particle Analysis Ver3.5).
層狀矽酸化合物的厚度,從獲得氣體阻隔機能的觀點而言,較佳為1nm~30nm,更佳為1nm~20nm,再更佳為1nm~10nm。上述厚度,是指藉由原子力顯微鏡(AFM)、或小角度X光散射法所測定出來的值。 The thickness of the layered tannic acid compound is preferably from 1 nm to 30 nm, more preferably from 1 nm to 20 nm, even more preferably from 1 nm to 10 nm, from the viewpoint of obtaining a gas barrier function. The above thickness means a value measured by an atomic force microscope (AFM) or a small angle X-ray scattering method.
第一銀用表面處理劑中,含有本實施形態的層狀矽酸化合物的液體,可含有溶劑。就溶劑而言,能夠適宜地使用水,也可使用甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、乙腈、二甲基亞碸、環丁碸、甲醯胺等極性溶劑。溶劑可以單獨、或是混合2種以上來使用。 Among the first silver surface treatment agents, the liquid containing the layered citric acid compound of the present embodiment may contain a solvent. As the solvent, water can be suitably used, and a polar solvent such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, acetonitrile, dimethyl hydrazine, cyclobutyl hydrazine or formamide can also be used. The solvent may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
本實施形態的含有層狀矽酸化合物的A液中之固體成分濃度,從膜形成性與銀的變色要因也就是氣體(例如,硫化氫氣體)之遮蔽性的觀點而言,較佳為0.005質量%~2質量%,更佳為0.01質量%~1.5質量%,再更佳為0.05質量 %~1質量%。 The solid content concentration in the liquid A containing the layered citric acid compound of the present embodiment is preferably 0.005 from the viewpoints of film formability and discoloration of silver, that is, gas (for example, hydrogen sulfide gas). Mass%~2% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 1.5% by mass, and even more preferably 0.05% by mass %~1% by mass.
第二銀用表面處理劑中,含有本實施形態的氧氣穿透率0.0001~10cc/m2.24h.atm的化合物的A液,可含有溶劑。就溶劑而言,能夠適宜地使用水,也可使用甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、乙腈、二甲基亞碸、環丁碸、甲醯胺等極性溶劑。溶劑可以單獨、或是混合2種以上來使用。 The second silver surface treatment agent contains the oxygen permeability of the present embodiment of 0.0001 to 10 cc/m 2 . 24h. The liquid A of the atm compound may contain a solvent. As the solvent, water can be suitably used, and a polar solvent such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, acetonitrile, dimethyl hydrazine, cyclobutyl hydrazine or formamide can also be used. The solvent may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
第二銀用表面處理劑中,在本實施形態所使用之含有氧氣穿透率0.0001~10cc/m2.24h.atm的化合物的A液中之固體成分濃度,從膜形成性與銀的變色要因也就是氣體(例如,硫化氫氣體)之遮蔽性的觀點而言,較佳為0.005質量%~2質量%,更佳為0.01質量%~1.5質量%,再更佳為0.05質量%~1質量%。 In the second silver surface treatment agent, the oxygen permeability used in the present embodiment is 0.0001 to 10 cc/m 2 . 24h. The solid content concentration in the liquid A of the compound of atm is preferably 0.005 mass% to 2 mass% from the viewpoints of film forming properties and discoloration of silver, that is, shielding properties of gas (for example, hydrogen sulfide gas). More preferably, it is 0.01% by mass to 1.5% by mass, and still more preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass.
構成第一銀用表面處理劑的B液,含有層狀矽酸化合物以外之第2矽酸化合物。如同上述,藉由以B液在鍍銀面上形成含有第2矽酸化合物之層,於其上形成含有層狀矽酸化合物的層,使得由表面處理劑所形成的複層膜,耐水性及對銀之黏著力得到提升的同時,與用於覆蓋或密封的透明密封樹脂之黏著力也得到提升。 The liquid B constituting the first silver surface treatment agent contains a second phthalic acid compound other than the layered citric acid compound. As described above, by forming a layer containing the second bismuth acid compound on the silver plating surface with the B liquid, a layer containing the layered citric acid compound is formed thereon, so that the stratified film formed of the surface treatment agent is water-resistant. As well as the adhesion to silver, the adhesion to the transparent sealing resin used for covering or sealing is also improved.
第一銀用表面處理劑中,就本實施形態的第2矽酸化合物而言,較佳為形成耐水性、耐候性、耐熱性等特性,和硬度、伸展等橡膠的性質優異的硬化物者。就第2矽酸化合物而言,能夠使用聚矽氧系樹脂或無機玻璃。 In the first silver-based surface treatment agent, the second bismuth acid compound of the present embodiment is preferably a cured product having properties such as water resistance, weather resistance, heat resistance, and properties such as hardness and stretch. . As the second phthalic acid compound, a polyfluorene-based resin or an inorganic glass can be used.
構成第二銀用表面處理劑的B液,含有體積電阻率1010~1016Ω.cm的化合物。如同上述,藉由以B液在鍍銀 面上形成含有體積電阻率1010~1016Ω.cm的化合物之層,於其上形成含有氧氣穿透率0.0001~10cc/m2.24h.atm的化合物之層,使得由表面處理劑所形成的複層膜,絕緣性、耐水性及對銀之黏著力得到提升的同時,與用於覆蓋或密封的透明密封樹脂之黏著力也得到提升。 The liquid B constituting the second silver surface treatment agent contains a volume resistivity of 10 10 ~ 10 16 Ω. Cm compound. As described above, the volume resistivity of 10 10 ~ 10 16 Ω is formed by forming the liquid B on the silver plating surface. The layer of the compound of cm is formed thereon to have an oxygen permeability of 0.0001 to 10 cc/m 2 . 24h. The layer of the atm compound makes the adhesion film formed by the surface treatment agent, the insulation, the water resistance and the adhesion to the silver are improved, and the adhesion to the transparent sealing resin for covering or sealing is also improved.
第二銀用表面處理劑中,就B液所包含的體積電阻率1010~1016Ω.cm的化合物而言,能夠例示上述層狀矽酸化合物以外的第2矽酸化合物。這種情況,能夠不妨礙發光裝置的發光特性,並獲得優異的絕緣可靠度。就第2矽酸化合物而言,較佳為形成絕緣性、耐水性、耐候性、耐熱性等特性,和硬度、伸展等橡膠的性質優異的硬化物者。又,第2矽酸化合物較佳為具有上述線膨脹係數的化合物。而且,第2矽酸化合物較佳為能夠滿足上述光透過率的化合物。就第2矽酸化合物而言,能夠使用聚矽氧系樹脂或無機玻璃。 In the second silver surface treatment agent, the volume resistivity of the liquid B is 10 10 ~ 10 16 Ω. The compound of cm is exemplified by a second phthalic acid compound other than the layered citric acid compound. In this case, excellent light insulation characteristics can be obtained without impeding the light-emitting characteristics of the light-emitting device. The second phthalic acid compound is preferably a cured product which is excellent in properties such as insulating properties, water resistance, weather resistance, heat resistance, and properties such as hardness and stretch. Further, the second phthalic acid compound is preferably a compound having the above linear expansion coefficient. Further, the second phthalic acid compound is preferably a compound capable of satisfying the above light transmittance. As the second phthalic acid compound, a polyfluorene-based resin or an inorganic glass can be used.
第一及第二銀用表面處理劑中,就聚矽氧系樹脂而言,能夠使用含有以下列之式(1)、式(2)、式(3)或式(4)所表示的構成單位的樹脂。 In the first and second silver surface treatment agents, the polyoxonium-based resin can be composed of a composition represented by the following formula (1), formula (2), formula (3) or formula (4). Unit of resin.
又,上述聚矽氧系樹脂,亦可具有能夠賦予黏著性的公知官能基,且亦可含有能夠賦予黏著性的添加物。 Further, the polyfluorene-based resin may have a known functional group capable of imparting adhesiveness, and may also contain an additive capable of imparting adhesiveness.
就無機玻璃而言,能夠使用具有SiO2、LiO2、及下列式(5)的材料。此等能夠單獨或混合2種以上來使用。 As the inorganic glass, a material having SiO 2 , LiO 2 , and the following formula (5) can be used. These can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.
作為第2矽酸化合物,從形成耐水性、耐候性、耐熱性等特性,和硬度、伸展等橡膠的性質優異的硬化物之觀點而言,較佳為例如由以矽-氧鍵為主要骨架的矽氧烷鍵結所構成之聚矽氧橡膠。又,從耐熱性的觀點而言,更佳為聚二甲矽氧橡膠。 From the viewpoint of forming a cured product having excellent properties such as water resistance, weather resistance, heat resistance, and rubber properties such as hardness and stretch, it is preferable to use, for example, a ruthenium-oxygen bond as a main skeleton. The polyoxyethylene rubber composed of a siloxane coupling. Further, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, polydimethyl oxyhydroxide rubber is more preferable.
就聚矽氧橡膠而言,亦可含有具熱硬化性的聚矽氧彈性體、半矽氧烷等之矽酸化合物,例如能夠藉由20℃~200℃且1分鐘~10小時的加熱處理而硬化來使用。 The polyoxyxene rubber may further contain a thermosetting polyoxonium oxide, a phthalic acid compound such as a hemi-oxyalkylene, and the like, for example, can be heat-treated at 20 ° C to 200 ° C for 1 minute to 10 hours. And hardened to use.
就聚矽氧橡膠而言,亦可具有甲基、苯基、甲基苯基、縮水甘油基、異氰酸酯基、乙烯基等來作為側鏈或官能基。 The polyoxyethylene rubber may have a methyl group, a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, a glycidyl group, an isocyanate group, a vinyl group or the like as a side chain or a functional group.
第一銀用表面處理劑中,第2矽酸化合物從藉由其柔軟性而獲得黏著性的觀點而言,線膨脹係數較佳為180ppm~450ppm。若在該範圍內,隨著確保源自柔軟性的黏著性變得容易,藉由用於覆蓋或密封的透明密封樹脂,則能夠抑制變形發生於矽酸化合物。從提高源自柔軟性之黏著性的觀點而言,第2矽酸化合物的線膨脹係數更佳為200ppm~450ppm,從提高與用於覆蓋或密封的透明密封樹脂之接着可靠度的觀點而言,又更佳為200ppm~350ppm。矽酸化合物的線膨脹係數,是指藉由根據JIS K7197「用熱機械分析法測定塑膠線性熱膨脹係數的試驗方法」而依照TMA(熱機械分析法;Thermal Mechanical Analysis)所測定出來的值。 In the first silver surface treatment agent, the second ruthenic acid compound preferably has a linear expansion coefficient of from 180 ppm to 450 ppm from the viewpoint of obtaining adhesiveness by flexibility. Within this range, as the adhesion from the softness is ensured to be easy, the transparent sealing resin for covering or sealing can suppress the occurrence of deformation in the tannic acid compound. The linear expansion coefficient of the second bismuth acid compound is more preferably from 200 ppm to 450 ppm from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion derived from softness, from the viewpoint of improving the reliability with respect to the transparent sealing resin for covering or sealing. More preferably, it is 200ppm~350ppm. The linear expansion coefficient of the phthalic acid compound is a value measured by TMA (Thermal Mechanical Analysis) according to JIS K7197 "Testing Method for Measuring Linear Thermal Expansion Coefficient of Plastics by Thermomechanical Analysis".
第一銀用表面處理劑中,第2矽酸化合物,從確保絕緣性的觀點而言,體積電阻率較佳為1010~1016Ω.cm。從體積電阻率之測定的技術極限及實用性而言,體積電阻率的上限以1016Ω.cm為宜。從提高絕緣性的觀點而言,第2矽酸化合物的體積電阻率,更佳為1012~1016Ω.cm,又更佳為1013~1016Ω.cm。矽酸化合物的體積電阻率,是指針對體積電阻率測定試驗片,依照JIS C2139所測定出來的值,該體積電阻率測定試驗片是將矽酸化合物塗布於附銅電極之基板,並於150℃予以乾燥3小時而獲得。 In the first silver surface treatment agent, the second bismuth acid compound preferably has a volume resistivity of 10 10 to 10 16 Ω from the viewpoint of ensuring insulation. Cm. From the technical limit and practicality of the measurement of volume resistivity, the upper limit of volume resistivity is 10 16 Ω. Cm is appropriate. The volume resistivity of the second bismuth acid compound is more preferably 10 12 to 10 16 Ω from the viewpoint of improving the insulating property. Cm, and more preferably 10 13 ~ 10 16 Ω. Cm. The volume resistivity of the tannic acid compound is a value measured by a volume resistivity measurement test piece according to JIS C2139. The volume resistivity measurement test piece is a substrate in which a tannic acid compound is applied to a copper-attached electrode, and is 150. It was obtained by drying at °C for 3 hours.
第2矽酸化合物的光透過率,在針對主要用於照明 用之藍光二極體的中心波長也就是450nm的光透過率,換算成1mm厚度的光透過率為80~100%時,從光取出效率的觀點而言較佳。從對於更高輝度之發光二極體的應用性之觀點而言更佳為85~100%,再更佳為90~100%。矽酸化合物的光透過率,是指將塗布於PET薄膜上的矽酸化合物利用分光光度計(UV-Vis)所測定而得到的值。 The light transmittance of the second bismuth compound is mainly used for illumination The center wavelength of the blue light diode used is a light transmittance of 450 nm, and the light transmittance of the thickness of 1 mm is preferably from 80 to 100%, which is preferable from the viewpoint of light extraction efficiency. It is preferably from 85 to 100%, more preferably from 90 to 100%, from the viewpoint of applicability to a higher luminance light-emitting diode. The light transmittance of the tannic acid compound is a value obtained by measuring a tannic acid compound coated on a PET film by a spectrophotometer (UV-Vis).
第一及第二銀用表面處理劑中,第2矽酸化合物的硬化溫度,考慮發光二極體元件的耐熱性,較佳為20℃~200℃,從矽酸化合物之保存安定性的觀點而言,更佳為40℃~200℃,從生產性的觀點而言,再更佳為40℃~160℃。當由B液形成底塗層時,從成膜性的觀點而言,亦可在上述溫度的範圍內進行多段加熱。 In the first and second silver surface treatment agents, the curing temperature of the second bismuth acid compound is preferably from 20 ° C to 200 ° C in view of the heat stability of the luminescent acid compound, from the viewpoint of storage stability of the phthalic acid compound. In terms of productivity, it is preferably from 40 ° C to 200 ° C, and more preferably from 40 ° C to 160 ° C from the viewpoint of productivity. When the undercoat layer is formed of the B liquid, it is also possible to carry out multi-stage heating within the above temperature range from the viewpoint of film formability.
又,硬化時間可設定在1分鐘~10小時的範圍內。從生產性的觀點而言,更佳是在1分鐘~8小時的範圍內,從底塗層之調平性的觀點而言,再更佳是在3分鐘~8小時的範圍。硬化亦可在設置氣體阻隔層於底塗層上的前後分開實施。 Further, the hardening time can be set in the range of 1 minute to 10 hours. From the viewpoint of productivity, it is more preferably in the range of 1 minute to 8 hours, and more preferably in the range of 3 minutes to 8 hours from the viewpoint of the leveling property of the undercoat layer. Hardening can also be carried out separately before and after the gas barrier layer is provided on the undercoat layer.
第一銀用表面處理劑中,本實施形態的含有第2矽酸化合物的B液,可含有溶劑。溶劑從上述矽酸化合物之溶解性的觀點而言,能夠選擇脂肪族烴系溶劑、芳香族系溶劑、酮系溶劑、醚、酯系溶劑。就這樣的溶劑而言,例如可舉出戊烷、己烷、庚烷、辛烷、壬烷、癸烷等飽和烴;環己烷、烷基環己烷等環狀烴等。另外,就烴而言,不論是直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀等能夠使用。能夠將此等單獨或混合2種以上來使用。 In the first silver surface treatment agent, the liquid B containing the second phthalic acid compound of the present embodiment may contain a solvent. The solvent can be selected from an aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent, an aromatic solvent, a ketone solvent, an ether, or an ester solvent from the viewpoint of solubility of the above-described phthalic acid compound. Examples of such a solvent include saturated hydrocarbons such as pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, decane, and decane; and cyclic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane and alkylcyclohexane. Further, as the hydrocarbon, it can be used in a linear form, a branched chain, a ring shape or the like. These can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.
第一銀用表面處理劑中,本實施形態的含有第2矽酸化合物的B液之溶劑,較佳是在用以硬化的加熱步驟藉由蒸發去除,較佳是沸點為50℃~200℃的溶劑。若沸點超過200℃則乾燥性低落,有著溶劑殘留使得黏著力降低的可能性。又,溶劑的沸點若低,由於引燃的危險性提高,從安全性的觀點而言較佳為沸點50℃以上的溶劑。從生產性的觀點而言溶劑的沸點較佳為50℃~160℃,從能夠自由選擇用以硬化的加熱步驟之溫度及時間的觀點而言,更佳為50℃~120℃。 In the first silver surface treatment agent, the solvent of the liquid B containing the second bismuth acid compound of the present embodiment is preferably removed by evaporation in a heating step for hardening, and preferably has a boiling point of 50 ° C to 200 ° C. Solvent. When the boiling point exceeds 200 ° C, the drying property is low, and there is a possibility that the solvent remains to reduce the adhesion. Further, when the boiling point of the solvent is low, the risk of ignition is improved, and from the viewpoint of safety, a solvent having a boiling point of 50 ° C or higher is preferable. The boiling point of the solvent is preferably from 50 ° C to 160 ° C from the viewpoint of productivity, and more preferably from 50 ° C to 120 ° C from the viewpoint of the temperature and time at which the heating step for curing can be freely selected.
具體而言,本實施形態的銀用表面處理劑之中,將含有第2矽酸化合物的B液塗布在銀或銀合金上後,藉由將溶劑去除及/或進行硬化,能夠在銀或銀合金上形成含有第2矽酸化合物而成的層(底塗層)。並且,塗布含有層狀矽酸化合物的A液後,藉由將溶劑去除能夠形成含有層狀矽酸化合物而成的層(氣體阻隔層)。 Specifically, in the silver surface treatment agent of the present embodiment, after the B liquid containing the second phthalic acid compound is coated on silver or a silver alloy, the solvent can be removed and/or cured to be silver or A layer (undercoat layer) containing a second bismuth acid compound is formed on the silver alloy. Further, after the solution A containing the layered tannic acid compound is applied, a layer (gas barrier layer) containing a layered tannic acid compound can be formed by removing the solvent.
第二銀用表面處理劑中,本實施形態中所使用之含有體積電阻率1010~1016Ω.cm的化合物之B液,可含有溶劑。溶劑從上述矽酸化合物之溶解性的觀點而言,能夠選擇脂肪族烴系溶劑、芳香族系溶劑、酮系溶劑、醚、酯系溶劑。就這樣的溶劑而言,例如可舉出戊烷、己烷、庚烷、辛烷、壬烷、癸烷等飽和烴;環己烷、烷基環己烷等環狀烴等。另外,就烴而言,不論是直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀等能夠使用。能夠將此等單獨或混合2種以上來使用。 In the second silver surface treatment agent, the volume resistivity used in the present embodiment is 10 10 to 10 16 Ω. The liquid B of the compound of cm may contain a solvent. The solvent can be selected from an aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent, an aromatic solvent, a ketone solvent, an ether, or an ester solvent from the viewpoint of solubility of the above-described phthalic acid compound. Examples of such a solvent include saturated hydrocarbons such as pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, decane, and decane; and cyclic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane and alkylcyclohexane. Further, as the hydrocarbon, it can be used in a linear form, a branched chain, a ring shape or the like. These can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.
第二銀用表面處理劑中,含有體積電阻率1010~1016 Ω.cm的化合物之B液之溶劑,較佳是在用以硬化的加熱步驟藉由蒸發去除,較佳是沸點為50℃~200℃的溶劑。若沸點超過200℃則乾燥性低落,有著溶劑殘留使得黏著力降低的可能性。又,溶劑的沸點若低,由於引燃的危險性提高,從安全性的觀點而言較佳為沸點50℃以上的溶劑。從生產性的觀點而言溶劑的沸點較佳為50℃~160℃,從能夠自由選擇用以硬化的加熱步驟之溫度及時間的觀點而言,更佳為50℃~120℃。 The second silver surface treatment agent contains a volume resistivity of 10 10 ~ 10 16 Ω. The solvent of the liquid B of the compound of cm is preferably removed by evaporation in a heating step for hardening, preferably a solvent having a boiling point of from 50 ° C to 200 ° C. When the boiling point exceeds 200 ° C, the drying property is low, and there is a possibility that the solvent remains to reduce the adhesion. Further, when the boiling point of the solvent is low, the risk of ignition is improved, and from the viewpoint of safety, a solvent having a boiling point of 50 ° C or higher is preferable. The boiling point of the solvent is preferably from 50 ° C to 160 ° C from the viewpoint of productivity, and more preferably from 50 ° C to 120 ° C from the viewpoint of the temperature and time at which the heating step for curing can be freely selected.
具體而言,本實施形態中所使用之銀用表面處理劑之中,將含有體積電阻率1010~1016Ω.cm的化合物之B液塗布在銀或銀合金上後,藉由將溶劑去除及/或進行硬化,能夠在銀或銀合金上形成含有體積電阻率1010~1016Ω.cm的化合物而成的層(底塗層)。並且,塗布含有氧氣穿透率0.0001~10cc/m2.24h.atm的化合物之A液後,藉由將溶劑去除能夠形成氧氣穿透率0.0001~10cc/m2.24h.atm的化合物而成的層(氣體阻隔層)。 Specifically, the surface treatment agent for silver used in the present embodiment contains a volume resistivity of 10 10 to 10 16 Ω. After the solution B of the cm compound is coated on the silver or silver alloy, the volume resistivity of 10 10 ~ 10 16 Ω can be formed on the silver or silver alloy by removing and/or hardening the solvent. A layer of a compound of cm (undercoat layer). Moreover, the coating contains an oxygen permeability of 0.0001 to 10 cc/m 2 . 24h. After the solution A of the atm compound, the oxygen permeability can be formed by removing the solvent by 0.0001 to 10 cc/m 2 . 24h. A layer of a compound of atm (gas barrier layer).
就本實施形態的第一及第二銀用表面處理劑的塗布方法而言,能夠適當地使用例如刮棒塗布法、浸塗法、旋轉式塗布法、噴霧式塗布法、灌注法(potting)等方法。 In the method of applying the first and second silver surface treatment agents of the present embodiment, for example, a bar coating method, a dip coating method, a spin coating method, a spray coating method, or a potting method can be suitably used. And other methods.
又,就從本實施形態的第一及第二銀用表面處理劑的塗膜去除溶劑的方法而言,能夠適當地使用乾燥,乾燥溫度只要室溫以上則沒有特別限定。另外,所謂室溫是20~25℃。 In addition, the method of removing the solvent from the coating film of the first and second silver surface treatment agents of the present embodiment can be suitably dried, and the drying temperature is not particularly limited as long as it is at least room temperature. In addition, the room temperature is 20 to 25 °C.
藉由使用第一銀用表面處理劑,能夠在銀或銀合金 的表面上形成抗變色膜,其具有含有矽酸化合物的層和含有層狀矽酸化合物的層。這樣的膜,例如,硫化氫氣體的遮蔽性優異,能夠發揮作為抗銀硫化膜的機能。 By using the first silver surface treatment agent, it can be in silver or silver alloy An anti-tarnish film having a layer containing a phthalic acid compound and a layer containing a layered citric acid compound is formed on the surface. Such a film is excellent in shielding property of, for example, hydrogen sulfide gas, and can exhibit a function as an anti-silver vulcanization film.
藉由使用第二銀用表面處理劑,能夠在銀或銀合金的表面上形成抗變色膜,其具有含有體積電阻率1010~1016Ω.cm的化合物之層、和含有氧氣穿透率0.0001~10cc/m2.24h.atm的化合物之層。這樣的膜,例如,硫化氫氣體的遮蔽性優異,能夠發揮作為抗銀硫化膜的機能。 By using the second silver surface treatment agent, a color-resistant film can be formed on the surface of the silver or silver alloy, which has a volume resistivity of 10 10 ~ 10 16 Ω. The layer of the compound of cm and the oxygen permeability of 0.0001~10cc/m 2 . 24h. The layer of the compound of atm. Such a film is excellent in shielding property of, for example, hydrogen sulfide gas, and can exhibit a function as an anti-silver vulcanization film.
本發明能夠提供銀或銀合金,其具備由上述本實施形態的第一及第二銀用表面處理劑中所含有的固體成分所構成的膜。又,能夠提供具有這樣的銀或銀合金之基板、與具備發光二極體之發光裝置。這樣的發光裝置,亦可以透明樹脂密封住。就透明樹脂而言,可舉出聚矽氧樹脂等。又,具有銀或銀合金之基板,可在表面具有凹凸形狀,銀或銀合金亦可具有凹凸形狀。 The present invention can provide a silver or a silver alloy having a film composed of the solid components contained in the first and second silver surface treatment agents of the above-described embodiment. Further, it is possible to provide a substrate having such a silver or silver alloy and a light-emitting device including the light-emitting diode. Such a light-emitting device can also be sealed with a transparent resin. The transparent resin may, for example, be a polyoxyn resin. Further, the substrate having silver or a silver alloy may have an uneven shape on the surface, and the silver or the silver alloy may have an uneven shape.
其次,針對第11及第12實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法來說明。共通點將彙整一起說明,而相異點則個別說明。 Next, a method of manufacturing the light-emitting device of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments will be described. The common points will be aggregated together, and the differences will be explained individually.
第28圖是表示第11及第12實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法的流程圖。如第28圖所示,在發光裝置的製造方法中,首先,作為基板準備步驟(階段S101),是準備鍍銅板214在表面上進行了配線的絕緣性之基體212;作為鍍銀層形成步驟(階段S102),是在鍍銅板214的表面上形成鍍銀層216。 Fig. 28 is a flow chart showing a method of manufacturing the light-emitting device of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments. As shown in Fig. 28, in the method of manufacturing a light-emitting device, first, as a substrate preparation step (stage S101), an insulating base body 212 on which a copper-plated plate 214 is wired on the surface is prepared; as a silver plating layer forming step (Stage S102), a silver plating layer 216 is formed on the surface of the copper plate 214.
其次,作為反射器形成步驟(階段S103),是在基板210的表面上形成反射器220;作為晶片搭載步驟(階段S104),是在基板210上搭載藍光LED230。藍光LED230對基板210的搭載,是於以反射器220包圍著的內側空間222裡,藉由將藍光LED230晶粒接合於陽極側及陰極側之任何一方的鍍銀層216來進行。藉此,藍光LED230經由晶粒接合材232與陽極側及陰極側之任何一方的鍍銀層216導通著,同時藍光LED230被反射器220所圍繞而成為容納於內側空間222裡的狀態。 Next, as a reflector forming step (stage S103), a reflector 220 is formed on the surface of the substrate 210. As a wafer mounting step (stage S104), a blue LED 230 is mounted on the substrate 210. The mounting of the blue LED 230 on the substrate 210 is performed in the inner space 222 surrounded by the reflector 220 by bonding the blue LED 230 to the silver plating layer 216 on either the anode side or the cathode side. Thereby, the blue LED 230 is electrically connected to the silver plating layer 216 of either the anode side and the cathode side via the die bonding material 232, and the blue LED 230 is surrounded by the reflector 220 to be accommodated in the inner space 222.
其次,在製造第11實施形態的發光裝置的情況下,作為B液的塗布步驟(階段S105),鍍銀層216上本實施形態的銀用表面處理劑之中,塗布含有第2矽酸化合物的B液,將鍍銀層216以B液覆蓋。 Next, in the case of producing the light-emitting device of the eleventh embodiment, as the coating step of the liquid B (stage S105), the silver-containing surface treatment agent of the present embodiment is coated with the second bismuth acid compound. Liquid B, the silver plating layer 216 is covered with liquid B.
在製造第12實施形態的發光裝置的情況下,作為B液的塗布步驟(階段S105),鍍銀層216上銀用表面處理劑之中,塗布含有體積電阻率1010~1016Ω.cm的化合物之B液,將鍍銀層216以B液覆蓋。 In the case of producing the light-emitting device of the twelfth embodiment, as the coating step of the liquid B (stage S105), the surface treatment agent for silver on the silver plating layer 216 is coated to have a volume resistivity of 10 10 to 10 16 Ω. The liquid B of the compound of cm is covered with the silver plating layer 216 with the liquid B.
B液的塗布步驟(階段S105)中之B液的塗布,例如,是藉由從基板210的表面側,將銀用表面處理劑滴入或散布至內側空間222裡來進行。此時,用至少全部的鍍銀層216以B液M覆蓋的方式,調節B液的滴入量或散布量。這種情況,例如,亦可如第29圖之(a)所示,用全部的鍍銀層216及藍光LED230以B液M覆蓋的方式,將B液M滴入或散布至內側空間222裡;亦可如第29圖之(b)所示,用 全部的鍍銀層216及藍光LED230與反射器220的內周面220a的一部分以B液M覆蓋的方式,將B液M滴入或散布至內側空間222裡;亦可如第29圖之(c)所示,用全部的鍍銀層216、藍光LED230及反射器220的內周面220a以B液M覆蓋的方式,將B液M滴入或散布至內側空間222裡。 The application of the liquid B in the coating step (stage S105) of the liquid B is carried out, for example, by dropping or dispersing a surface treatment agent for silver into the inner space 222 from the surface side of the substrate 210. At this time, the amount of instillation or the amount of dispersion of the liquid B is adjusted so that at least all of the silver plating layer 216 is covered with the liquid B. In this case, for example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 29, the liquid B may be dripped or dispersed into the inner space 222 by covering all of the silver plating layer 216 and the blue LED 230 with the liquid B. ; can also be used as shown in Figure 29 (b) The entire silver plating layer 216 and the blue LED 230 and a portion of the inner circumferential surface 220a of the reflector 220 are covered with the liquid B, and the liquid B is dripped or dispersed into the inner space 222; as shown in Fig. 29 (also as shown in Fig. 29) In the case of c), the B liquid M is dropped or dispersed into the inner space 222 so that the inner peripheral surface 220a of the entire silver plating layer 216, the blue LED 230, and the reflector 220 is covered with the liquid B.
其次,作為乾燥步驟(階段S106),是塗布於鍍銀層216上的銀用表面處理劑之中,使B液的塗膜予以乾燥,在抗銀硫化膜之中,形成含有第2矽酸化合物之層(底塗層250)。 Next, as a drying step (stage S106), the coating film for silver applied to the silver plating layer 216 is dried, and the coating film of the liquid B is dried to form a second tannic acid in the silver sulfide-resistant film. A layer of the compound (basecoat 250).
其次,在製造第11實施形態的發光裝置的情況下,作為A液的塗布步驟(階段S107),是在底塗層250上,本實施形態的銀用表面處理劑之中,塗布含有層狀矽酸化合物的A液,將底塗層250之中至少覆蓋鍍銀層216的部分以A液覆蓋。 In the case of producing the light-emitting device of the eleventh embodiment, the application step (stage S107) of the liquid A is applied to the undercoat layer 250, and the surface treatment agent for silver of the present embodiment is coated. In the liquid A of the citric acid compound, at least a portion of the undercoat layer 250 covering the silver plating layer 216 is covered with the A liquid.
在製造第12實施形態的發光裝置的情況下,作為A液的塗布步驟(階段S107),在底塗層250上,銀用表面處理劑之中,塗布含有氧氣穿透率0.0001~10cc/m2.24h.atm的化合物之A液,將底塗層250之中至少覆蓋鍍銀層216的部分以A液覆蓋。 In the case of producing the light-emitting device of the twelfth embodiment, as the coating step of the liquid A (stage S107), the surface treatment agent for silver is applied to the undercoat layer 250 to have an oxygen permeability of 0.0001 to 10 cc/m. 2 . 24h. In the liquid A of the atm compound, at least a portion of the undercoat layer 250 covering the silver plating layer 216 is covered with the A liquid.
A液的塗布步驟(階段S107)中之A液的塗布,例如,是藉由從基板210的表面側,將銀用表面處理劑滴入或散布至內側空間222裡來進行。滴入或散布的方法,能夠與階段S105之B液的塗布步驟同樣地進行。 The application of the liquid A in the coating step (stage S107) of the liquid A is carried out, for example, by dropping or dispersing a surface treatment agent for silver into the inner space 222 from the surface side of the substrate 210. The method of dropping or scattering can be carried out in the same manner as the coating step of the liquid B in the step S105.
其次,在製造第11實施形態的發光裝置的情況下, 作為乾燥步驟(階段S108),是使塗布於鍍銀層216上之A液的塗膜予以乾燥,在抗變色膜260之中,形成含有層狀矽酸化合物之層(氣體阻隔層252)。 Next, in the case of manufacturing the light-emitting device of the eleventh embodiment, In the drying step (stage S108), the coating film of the liquid A applied to the silver plating layer 216 is dried, and a layer (gas barrier layer 252) containing a layered tantalum compound is formed in the anti-tarnish film 260.
在製造第12實施形態的發光裝置的情況下,作為乾燥步驟(階段S108),是使塗布於鍍銀層216上之A液的塗膜予以乾燥,在抗變色膜260之中,形成含有氧氣穿透率0.0001~10cc/m2.24h.atm的化合物之層(氣體阻隔層252)。 In the case of producing the light-emitting device of the twelfth embodiment, as a drying step (stage S108), the coating film of the liquid A applied to the silver plating layer 216 is dried, and oxygen is formed in the anti-tarnish film 260. The penetration rate is 0.0001~10cc/m2.24h. A layer of a compound of atm (gas barrier layer 252).
乾燥步驟(階段S106及S108),可於溶劑揮發的溫度下進行,例如,較佳是設在30℃以上且80℃以下的溫度範圍,更佳是設在30℃以上且70℃以下的溫度範圍,再更佳是設在30℃以上且60℃以下的溫度範圍。保持此溫度區域的時間,例如,能夠設在5分鐘以上,在予以充分乾燥這一點上,較佳為設在5分鐘以上且1日以下,從提升生產性的觀點而言,更佳為設在5分鐘以上且30分鐘以下。 The drying step (stages S106 and S108) can be carried out at a temperature at which the solvent is volatilized. For example, it is preferably set to a temperature range of 30 ° C or higher and 80 ° C or lower, more preferably 30 ° C or higher and 70 ° C or lower. More preferably, the range is set in a temperature range of 30 ° C or more and 60 ° C or less. The time for holding the temperature region is, for example, 5 minutes or longer, and preferably 5 minutes or more and 1 day or less, and more preferably from the viewpoint of improving productivity. It is 5 minutes or more and 30 minutes or less.
如此一來藉由進行乾燥步驟,第29圖之(a)中表示的B液M,如第30圖之(a)所示,成為覆蓋全部的鍍銀層216及藍光LED230的底塗層250;第29圖之(b)中表示的B液M,如第30圖之(b)所示,成為覆蓋全部的鍍銀層216及藍光LED230和覆蓋反射器220的內周面220a的一部分的底塗層250;第29圖之(c)中表示的B液M,如第30圖之(c)所示,成為覆蓋全部的鍍銀層216、藍光LED230及反射器220的內周面220a的底塗層250。針對藉由A液的乾燥而形成的氣體阻隔層252亦相同。氣體阻隔層252所覆蓋的面積,較佳為比底塗層250的覆蓋之面積小。 Thus, by performing the drying step, the liquid B shown in (a) of FIG. 29, as shown in (a) of FIG. 30, becomes the undercoat layer 250 covering all of the silver plating layer 216 and the blue LED 230. The liquid B shown in (b) of Fig. 29, as shown in Fig. 30(b), is a part of the inner peripheral surface 220a covering the entire silver plating layer 216 and the blue LED 230 and covering the reflector 220. The undercoat layer 250; the liquid B shown in (c) of FIG. 29, as shown in FIG. 30(c), is an inner peripheral surface 220a covering all of the silver plating layer 216, the blue LED 230, and the reflector 220. The undercoat layer 250. The gas barrier layer 252 formed by the drying of the A liquid is also the same. The area covered by the gas barrier layer 252 is preferably smaller than the area covered by the undercoat layer 250.
於本實施形態中,較佳為在上述乾燥步驟後以150℃,30分鐘的條件下充分地乾燥由2層所構成之抗變色膜260。藉此,能夠獲得更加提升之源自縮減底塗層250與氣體阻隔層252之層間的抗變色性之效果。 In the present embodiment, it is preferred to sufficiently dry the anti-tarnish film 260 composed of two layers at 150 ° C for 30 minutes after the drying step. Thereby, it is possible to obtain an effect of further reducing the discoloration resistance between the layers of the undercoat layer 250 and the gas barrier layer 252.
其次,作為引線接合步驟(階段S109),是將藍光LED230與陽極側及陰極側之任何另外一方的鍍銀層216進行引線接合。此時,由於鍍銀層216以抗變色膜260覆蓋著,故藉由以突破覆蓋於藍光LED230及鍍銀層216的抗變色膜260的方式,將引線之兩端接合於藍光LED230與鍍銀層216,使藍光LED230與鍍銀層216導通著。另外,抗變色膜260的突破,例如,能夠藉由調節抗變色膜260的層厚,或調節進行引線接合之接合頭的荷重,或使此接合頭振動等來進行。 Next, as the wire bonding step (stage S109), the blue LED 230 is wire-bonded to any other silver plating layer 216 on the anode side and the cathode side. At this time, since the silver plating layer 216 is covered with the anti-tarnish film 260, the two ends of the lead are bonded to the blue LED 230 and the silver plating by breaking the anti-tarnish film 260 covering the blue LED 230 and the silver plating layer 216. Layer 216 conducts blue LED 230 and silver plated layer 216. Further, the breakthrough of the discoloration resistant film 260 can be performed, for example, by adjusting the layer thickness of the anti-tarnish film 260, adjusting the load of the bonding head for wire bonding, or vibrating the bonding head.
其次,作為透明密封樹脂填充步驟(階段S110),是在藉由反射器220的內周面220a所形成的內側空間222裡,填充了含有螢光體242的透明密封樹脂240。藉此,藍光LED230及鍍銀層216藉由透明密封樹脂240(透明密封部)密封住。 Next, as a transparent sealing resin filling step (stage S110), the transparent sealing resin 240 containing the phosphor 242 is filled in the inner space 222 formed by the inner peripheral surface 220a of the reflector 220. Thereby, the blue LED 230 and the silver plating layer 216 are sealed by the transparent sealing resin 240 (transparent sealing portion).
如此一來藉由進行透明密封樹脂填充步驟,而能夠獲得如第31圖之(a)所示,全部的鍍銀層216及藍光LED230在以由2層所構成之抗變色膜260(底塗層250及氣體阻隔層252)覆蓋著的狀態下,鍍銀層216及藍光LED230藉由透明密封樹脂240密封住的發光裝置201;如第31圖之(b)所示,全部的鍍銀層216及藍光LED230和反射器220的內周面220a的一部分在以抗變色膜260覆蓋著的狀態下,鍍銀層216及 藍光LED230藉由透明密封樹脂240密封住的發光裝置201;又,如第31圖之(c)所示,全部的鍍銀層216、藍光LED230及反射器220的內周面220a在以抗變色膜260覆蓋著的狀態下,鍍銀層216及藍光LED230藉由透明密封樹脂240密封住的發光裝置201。 By performing the transparent sealing resin filling step, as shown in (a) of FIG. 31, all of the silver plating layer 216 and the blue LED 230 are formed of a two-layer anti-tarnish film 260 (primer coating). In the state covered by the layer 250 and the gas barrier layer 252), the silver plating layer 216 and the blue LED 230 are sealed by the transparent sealing resin 240; as shown in FIG. 31(b), all the silver plating layers are provided. a portion of the inner peripheral surface 220a of the 216 and the blue LED 230 and the reflector 220 is covered with the anti-tarnish film 260, and the silver plating layer 216 is The blue LED 230 is sealed by the transparent sealing resin 240; further, as shown in FIG. 31(c), all of the silver plating layer 216, the blue LED 230, and the inner circumferential surface 220a of the reflector 220 are resistant to discoloration. In the state covered by the film 260, the silver plating layer 216 and the blue LED 230 are sealed by the transparent sealing resin 240.
如此一來,在將第11實施形態的發光裝置作為發光裝置201而製造的情況下,以本實施形態的第一銀用表面處理劑(A液及B液)覆蓋鍍銀層216後,藉由使銀用表面處理劑的塗膜予以乾燥,形成了具備氣體阻隔層的抗變色膜260,該氣體阻隔層是銀用表面處理劑所包含之層狀矽酸化合物所疊層而成,而鍍銀層216以抗變色膜260覆蓋著。藉此,能夠形成可適當地覆蓋鍍銀層216之由2層所構成的抗變色膜260。 In the case where the light-emitting device of the eleventh embodiment is manufactured as the light-emitting device 201, the silver-plated layer 216 is covered with the first silver surface treatment agent (liquid A and liquid B) of the present embodiment. The coating film of the surface treatment agent for silver is dried to form a gas-resistant film 260 having a gas barrier layer which is formed by laminating a layered tantalum compound contained in a surface treatment agent for silver. The silver plating layer 216 is covered with a color resist film 260. Thereby, it is possible to form the anti-tarnish film 260 composed of two layers which can appropriately cover the silver plating layer 216.
在將第12實施形態的發光裝置作為發光裝置201而製造的情況下,以本實施形態的第二銀用表面處理劑(A液及B液)覆蓋鍍銀層216後,藉由使銀用表面處理劑的塗膜予以乾燥,形成了具備氣體阻隔層的抗變色膜260,該氣體阻隔層是銀用表面處理劑所包含之氧氣穿透率0.0001~10cc/m2.24h.atm的化合物所疊層而成,而鍍銀層216以抗變色膜260覆蓋著。藉此,能夠形成可適當地覆蓋鍍銀層216之由2層所構成的抗變色膜260。 When the light-emitting device of the twelfth embodiment is manufactured as the light-emitting device 201, the silver-plated layer 216 is covered with the second silver surface treatment agent (liquid A and liquid B) of the present embodiment, and then silver is used. The coating film of the surface treatment agent is dried to form a gas-resistant film 260 having a gas barrier layer which is an oxygen permeability of 0.0001 to 10 cc/m 2 contained in the surface treatment agent for silver. 24h. The compound of atm is laminated, and the silver plating layer 216 is covered with the anti-tarnish film 260. Thereby, it is possible to form the anti-tarnish film 260 composed of two layers which can appropriately cover the silver plating layer 216.
藉由在設置於發光裝置201的反射器220之內側空間222裡滴入或散布本實施形態的銀用表面處理劑,能夠容易形成覆蓋鍍銀層的抗變色膜260。 When the silver surface treatment agent of the present embodiment is dropped or dispersed in the inner space 222 of the reflector 220 provided in the light-emitting device 201, the anti-tarnish film 260 covering the silver plating layer can be easily formed.
其次,針對發光裝置的製造方法之第13及第14實施形態來說明。第13及第14實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法,雖然基本上與第11及第12實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法相同,但僅在步驟的順序與第11及第12實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法不同。因此,在以下的說明,僅說明與第11及第12實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法不同的部分,而省略與第11及第12實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法相同的部分之說明。另外,銀用表面處理劑能夠使用上述者。 Next, the thirteenth and fourteenth embodiments of the method of manufacturing a light-emitting device will be described. The method of manufacturing the light-emitting device according to the thirteenth and fourteenth embodiments is basically the same as the method of manufacturing the light-emitting device according to the eleventh and twelfth embodiments, but only in the order of the steps and the light-emitting device of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments. The manufacturing method is different. Therefore, in the following description, only the portions different from the method of manufacturing the light-emitting device of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments will be described, and the description of the same portions as the method of manufacturing the light-emitting device of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments will be omitted. Further, the above surface treatment agent for silver can be used.
第33圖是表示第13及第14實施形態中發光裝置的製造方法的流程圖。第34圖是藉由第33圖的製造方法而製造出來的發光裝置的剖面圖。 Figure 33 is a flow chart showing a method of manufacturing the light-emitting device in the thirteenth and fourteenth embodiments. Figure 34 is a cross-sectional view showing a light-emitting device manufactured by the manufacturing method of Figure 33.
如第33圖所示,第13及第14實施形態的發光裝置201的製造方法,首先,與第11及第12實施形態同樣地依序進行基板準備步驟(階段S201)、鍍銀層形成步驟(階段S202)及反射器形成步驟(階段S203)。另外,基板準備步驟(階段S201)、鍍銀層形成步驟(階段S202)及反射器形成步驟(階段S203),與第11實施形態的基板準備步驟(階段S101)、鍍銀層形成步驟(階段S102)及反射器形成步驟(階段S103)相同。 In the method of manufacturing the light-emitting device 201 of the thirteenth and fourteenth embodiments, the substrate preparation step (stage S201) and the silver plating layer forming step are sequentially performed in the same manner as in the eleventh and twelfth embodiments. (stage S202) and reflector forming step (stage S203). Further, a substrate preparation step (stage S201), a silver plating layer forming step (stage S202), and a reflector forming step (stage S203), and a substrate preparation step (stage S101) and a silver plating layer forming step (stage) of the eleventh embodiment S102) is the same as the reflector forming step (stage S103).
其次,作為B液的塗布步驟(階段S204),是將B液塗布於鍍銀層216上,以B液覆蓋鍍銀層216。另外,塗布步驟(階段S204)能夠與第11及第12實施形態的塗布步 驟(階段S105)同樣地進行。 Next, as a coating step of the liquid B (stage S204), the liquid B is applied onto the silver plating layer 216, and the silver plating layer 216 is covered with the liquid B. Further, the coating step (stage S204) can be applied to the coating steps of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments. The step (stage S105) is performed in the same manner.
其次,作為乾燥步驟(階段S205),是將塗布於鍍銀層216上的B液之塗膜予以乾燥而形成底塗層250。另外,乾燥步驟(階段S205)能夠與第11及第12實施形態的乾燥步驟(階段S106)同樣地進行。 Next, as a drying step (stage S205), the coating film of the liquid B applied on the silver plating layer 216 is dried to form the undercoat layer 250. Further, the drying step (stage S205) can be carried out in the same manner as the drying step (stage S106) of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments.
其次,作為A液的塗布步驟(階段S206),是在底塗層250上塗布A液,將底塗層250的至少覆蓋鍍銀層216的部分以A液覆蓋。另外,塗布步驟(階段S206)能夠與第11及第12實施形態的塗布步驟(階段S105)同樣地進行。 Next, as the coating step of the A liquid (stage S206), the liquid A is applied onto the undercoat layer 250, and at least the portion of the undercoat layer 250 covering the silver plating layer 216 is covered with the liquid A. Further, the coating step (stage S206) can be carried out in the same manner as the coating step (stage S105) of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments.
其次,作為乾燥步驟(階段S207),是使塗布於鍍銀層216上之A液的塗膜予以乾燥而形成氣體阻隔層252。另外,乾燥步驟(階段S207)能夠與第11及第12實施形態的乾燥步驟(階段S106)同樣地進行。 Next, as a drying step (stage S207), the coating film of the liquid A applied on the silver plating layer 216 is dried to form a gas barrier layer 252. Further, the drying step (stage S207) can be carried out in the same manner as the drying step (stage S106) of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments.
其次,作為晶片搭載步驟(階段S208),是將藍光LED230晶粒接合於陽極側及陰極側之任何一方的鍍銀層216。此時,與第11及第12實施形態的引線接合步驟(階段S109)相同,藉由以突破覆蓋於鍍銀層216的抗變色膜的方式,將藍光LED230接合於鍍銀層216,使藍光LED230與鍍銀層216導通著。 Next, as a wafer mounting step (stage S208), the blue LED 230 is bonded to the silver plating layer 216 of either the anode side and the cathode side. At this time, similarly to the wire bonding step (stage S109) of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments, the blue LED 230 is bonded to the silver plating layer 216 by breaking the anti-tarnish film covering the silver plating layer 216 to make the blue light The LED 230 is electrically connected to the silver plated layer 216.
其次,作為引線接合步驟(階段S209),是將藍光LED230與陽極側及陰極側之任何另外一方的鍍銀層216進行引線接合。此時,由於鍍銀層216以抗變色膜260覆蓋著,故與第11及第12實施形態的引線接合步驟(階段S109)相同,藉由以突破覆蓋於鍍銀層216的由2層所構成之抗變色 膜260的方式,將引線之一端接合於鍍銀層216。另一方面,由於藍光LED230並沒有以抗變色膜260覆蓋著,故接合引線234之另一端,一如平常,能夠接合於藍光LED230。藉此,使藍光LED230與鍍銀層216導通著。 Next, as a wire bonding step (stage S209), the blue LED 230 is wire-bonded to any other silver plating layer 216 on the anode side and the cathode side. At this time, since the silver plating layer 216 is covered with the anti-tarnish film 260, it is the same as the wire bonding step (stage S109) of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments, and the two layers of the silver plating layer 216 are covered by the breakthrough. Anti-discoloration In the manner of the film 260, one end of the lead is bonded to the silver plated layer 216. On the other hand, since the blue LED 230 is not covered with the anti-tarnish film 260, the other end of the bonding wire 234 can be bonded to the blue LED 230 as usual. Thereby, the blue LED 230 and the silver plating layer 216 are turned on.
其次,進行透明密封樹脂填充步驟作為階段S210。 Next, a transparent sealing resin filling step is performed as the stage S210.
如此一來,若根據第13及第14實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法,藉由經過銀用表面處理劑的塗布步驟及乾燥步驟後進行晶片搭載步驟,如第34圖所示,能夠製造出藍光LED230沒有以由2層所構成之抗變色膜260覆蓋的發光裝置201。藉此,於引線接合步驟中,將接合引線234之一端接合於藍光LED230時,沒有必要如第11及第12實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法,得突破由2層所構成之抗變色膜260。 According to the method for manufacturing a light-emitting device according to the thirteenth and fourteenth embodiments, the wafer mounting step after the application step and the drying step of the silver surface treatment agent can be performed as shown in FIG. The blue LED 230 does not have the light-emitting device 201 covered with the anti-tarnish film 260 composed of two layers. Therefore, when one end of the bonding wire 234 is bonded to the blue LED 230 in the wire bonding step, it is not necessary to break the two-layer anti-tarnish film 260 by the manufacturing method of the light-emitting device according to the eleventh and twelfth embodiments. .
其次,針對發光裝置的製造方法之第15及第16實施形態來說明。第15及第16實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法,雖然基本上與第11及第12實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法相同,但僅在步驟的順序與第11及第12實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法不同。因此,在以下的說明,僅說明與第11及第12實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法不同的部分,而省略與第11及第12實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法相同的部分之說明。另外,銀用表面處理劑能夠使用上述者。 Next, the fifteenth and sixteenth embodiments of the method of manufacturing a light-emitting device will be described. The method of manufacturing the light-emitting device according to the fifteenth and sixteenth embodiments is basically the same as the method of manufacturing the light-emitting device according to the eleventh and twelfth embodiments, but only in the order of the steps and the light-emitting device of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments. The manufacturing method is different. Therefore, in the following description, only the portions different from the method of manufacturing the light-emitting device of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments will be described, and the description of the same portions as the method of manufacturing the light-emitting device of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments will be omitted. Further, the above surface treatment agent for silver can be used.
第35圖是表示第15及第16實施形態中發光裝置的製造方法的流程圖。第36圖是藉由第35圖的製造方法而製 造出來的發光裝置的剖面圖。 Figure 35 is a flow chart showing a method of manufacturing the light-emitting device in the fifteenth and sixteenth embodiments. Figure 36 is made by the manufacturing method of Figure 35 A cross-sectional view of the resulting illuminating device.
如第35圖所示,第15及第16實施形態的發光裝置201的製造方法,首先,與第11及第12實施形態同樣地依序進行基板準備步驟(階段S301)及鍍銀層形成步驟(階段S302)。另外,基板準備步驟(階段S301)及鍍銀層形成步驟(階段S302),與第11及第12實施形態的基板準備步驟(階段S101)及鍍銀層形成步驟(階段S102)相同。 As shown in Fig. 35, in the method of manufacturing the light-emitting device 201 of the fifteenth and sixteenth embodiments, first, in the same manner as in the eleventh and twelfth embodiments, the substrate preparation step (stage S301) and the silver plating layer forming step are sequentially performed. (stage S302). The substrate preparation step (stage S301) and the silver plating layer formation step (stage S302) are the same as the substrate preparation step (stage S101) and the silver plating layer formation step (stage S102) of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments.
其次,作為B液的塗布步驟(階段S303),是將B液塗布於鍍銀層216上,以B液覆蓋鍍銀層216。此時,從作業性的觀點而言,雖然較佳是將B液塗布於鍍銀層216所形成之基板210的整體表面上,但亦可以僅覆蓋鍍銀層216的方式塗布B液。 Next, as a coating step of the liquid B (stage S303), the liquid B is applied onto the silver plating layer 216, and the silver plating layer 216 is covered with the liquid B. At this time, from the viewpoint of workability, it is preferable to apply the liquid B to the entire surface of the substrate 210 formed by the silver plating layer 216, but it is also possible to apply the liquid B so as to cover only the silver plating layer 216.
其次,作為乾燥步驟(階段S304),是將塗布於鍍銀層216上的B液之塗膜予以乾燥而形成底塗層250。另外,乾燥步驟(階段S304)能夠與第11及第12實施形態的乾燥步驟(階段S106)同樣地進行。 Next, as a drying step (stage S304), the coating film of the liquid B applied on the silver plating layer 216 is dried to form the undercoat layer 250. Further, the drying step (stage S304) can be carried out in the same manner as the drying step (stage S106) of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments.
其次,作為A液的塗布步驟(階段S305),是在底塗層250上塗布A液,將底塗層250的至少覆蓋鍍銀層216的部分以A液覆蓋。此時,從作業性的觀點而言,雖然較佳是將A液塗布於底塗層250整體,但亦可以僅覆蓋底塗層250之覆蓋鍍銀層216的部分的方式塗布A液。 Next, as a coating step of the A liquid (stage S305), the liquid A is applied onto the undercoat layer 250, and at least the portion of the undercoat layer 250 covering the silver plating layer 216 is covered with the liquid A. At this time, from the viewpoint of workability, it is preferable to apply the liquid A to the entire undercoat layer 250, but it is also possible to apply the liquid A so as to cover only the portion of the undercoat layer 250 covering the silver plating layer 216.
其次,作為乾燥步驟(階段S306),是使塗布於底塗層250上之A液的塗膜予以乾燥而形成氣體阻隔層252。另外,乾燥步驟(階段S306)能夠與第11及第12實施形態 的乾燥步驟(階段S106)同樣地進行。 Next, as a drying step (stage S306), the coating film of the liquid A applied to the undercoat layer 250 is dried to form a gas barrier layer 252. In addition, the drying step (stage S306) can be combined with the eleventh and twelfth embodiments The drying step (stage S106) is carried out in the same manner.
其次,作為反射器形成步驟(階段S307),是在基板210的表面上形成反射器220。此時,在用銀用表面處理劑(B液及A液)的塗布步驟(階段S303及S305)於基板210的整體表面上塗布銀用表面處理劑的情況下,在覆蓋基板210的表面之由2層所構成之抗變色膜260的表面上形成了反射器220。 Next, as a reflector forming step (stage S307), a reflector 220 is formed on the surface of the substrate 210. At this time, in the case where the surface treatment agent for silver is applied onto the entire surface of the substrate 210 by the coating step (stages S303 and S305) of the surface treatment agent for silver (stages S303 and S305), the surface of the substrate 210 is covered. A reflector 220 is formed on the surface of the anti-tarnish film 260 composed of two layers.
其次,作為晶片搭載步驟(階段S308),是將藍光LED230晶粒接合於陽極側及陰極側之任何一方的鍍銀層216。此時,與第11及第12實施形態的引線接合步驟(階段S109)相同,藉由以突破覆蓋於鍍銀層216的由2層所構成之抗變色膜260的方式,將藍光LED230接合於鍍銀層216,使藍光LED230與鍍銀層216導通著。 Next, as a wafer mounting step (stage S308), the blue LED 230 is die-bonded to any one of the anode side and the cathode side of the silver plating layer 216. At this time, similarly to the wire bonding step (stage S109) of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments, the blue LED 230 is bonded to the resist color-changing film 260 which is covered by the two layers of the silver plating layer 216. The silver plating layer 216 is such that the blue LED 230 and the silver plating layer 216 are turned on.
其次,作為引線接合步驟(階段S309),是將藍光LED230與陽極側及陰極側之任何另外一方的鍍銀層216進行引線接合。此時,由於鍍銀層216以抗變色膜260覆蓋著,故與第11及第12實施形態的引線接合步驟(階段S109)相同,藉由以突破覆蓋於鍍銀層216的由2層所構成之抗變色膜260的方式,將引線之一端接合於鍍銀層216。另一方面,由於藍光LED230並沒有以抗變色膜260覆蓋著,故接合引線234之另一端,一如平常,能夠接合於藍光LED230。藉此,使藍光LED230與鍍銀層216導通著。 Next, as the wire bonding step (stage S309), the blue LED 230 is wire-bonded to any other silver plating layer 216 on the anode side and the cathode side. At this time, since the silver plating layer 216 is covered with the anti-tarnish film 260, it is the same as the wire bonding step (stage S109) of the eleventh and twelfth embodiments, and the two layers of the silver plating layer 216 are covered by the breakthrough. In the manner of forming the anti-tarnish film 260, one end of the lead is bonded to the silver plating layer 216. On the other hand, since the blue LED 230 is not covered with the anti-tarnish film 260, the other end of the bonding wire 234 can be bonded to the blue LED 230 as usual. Thereby, the blue LED 230 and the silver plating layer 216 are turned on.
其次,進行透明密封樹脂填充步驟作為階段S310。 Next, a transparent sealing resin filling step is performed as the stage S310.
如此一來,若根據第15及第16實施形態的發光裝 置的製造方法,藉由經過銀用表面處理劑的塗布步驟及乾燥步驟後進行反射器形成步驟及晶片搭載步驟,如第36圖所示,能夠製造出藍光LED230沒有以由2層所構成之抗變色膜260覆蓋的發光裝置201。藉此,於引線接合步驟中,將接合引線234之一端接合於藍光LED230時,沒有必要如第11及第12實施形態的發光裝置的製造方法,得突破由2層所構成之抗變色膜260。 In this way, according to the illuminating device according to the fifteenth and sixteenth embodiments In the manufacturing method, the reflector forming step and the wafer mounting step are performed after the coating step and the drying step of the surface treatment agent for silver, and as shown in FIG. 36, the blue LED 230 can be manufactured without being composed of two layers. The light-emitting device 201 covered by the anti-tarnish film 260. Therefore, when one end of the bonding wire 234 is bonded to the blue LED 230 in the wire bonding step, it is not necessary to break the two-layer anti-tarnish film 260 by the manufacturing method of the light-emitting device according to the eleventh and twelfth embodiments. .
以上,雖然是針對本發明之適宜的實施形態來說明,但本發明並不限定於上述實施形態。 Although the above is a description of a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment.
在上述實施形態,作為接合於發光裝置201的發光二極體,雖然是以採用發出藍色光的藍光LED230來說明,但亦可採用發出藍色以外之光的發光二極體。 In the above embodiment, the light-emitting diode to be bonded to the light-emitting device 201 is described as a blue LED 230 that emits blue light, but a light-emitting diode that emits light other than blue may be used.
又,上述實施形態的發光裝置201,雖然是以具備圍繞著藍光LED230的反射器220來說明,但亦可不具備這樣的反射器220。 Further, although the light-emitting device 201 of the above-described embodiment is described with the reflector 220 surrounding the blue LED 230, the reflector 220 may not be provided.
若根據本實施形態的銀用表面處理劑,因為能夠形成銀的抗變色性優異的抗變色膜,特別是形成銀的抗硫化性優異的抗銀硫化膜,即使是用從以往就開始使用的Y2O2S:Eu(紅)、ZnS:Cu(綠)、ZnS:Ag(藍)、於日本特開平8-085787號公報中表示的化合物等含硫化合物作為螢光體的發光裝置,也能獲得充分的耐硫化性。 According to the surface treatment agent for silver of the present embodiment, a discoloration resistant film excellent in discoloration resistance of silver can be formed, and in particular, an anti-silver vulcanization film having excellent sulfur resistance which is formed of silver can be used, even if it is used from the past. Y 2 O 2 S: Eu (red), ZnS: Cu (green), ZnS: Ag (blue), a sulfur-containing compound such as a compound represented by JP-A-H08-085787, and a light-emitting device of a phosphor. Sufficient sulfidation resistance can also be obtained.
本實施形態的銀用表面處理劑,除了上述發光裝置以外,亦可應用在例如具備含銀抗反射膜之電漿顯示器、液晶顯示器等。 The silver surface treatment agent of the present embodiment can be applied to, for example, a plasma display including a silver-containing antireflection film, a liquid crystal display, or the like in addition to the above-described light-emitting device.
以下,藉由實施例及比較例,進一步具體說明本發明,但本發明並不限定於以下之實施例。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by way of examples and comparative examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
作為層狀矽酸化合物,準備了平均長邊長度10000nm之雲母水分散液(Co-op Chemical股份有限公司製造,商品名:MEB-3)。在此雲母水分散液12.5g中添加蒸餾水,使總質量為100g後,使用自轉公轉攪拌機(THINKY股份有限公司製造,商品名:ARE-310)以2000rpm進行混合10分鐘,以2200rpm進行脫泡10分鐘,得到包含1質量%的平均長邊長度10000nm的雲母之表面處理劑A。 As the layered citric acid compound, a mica aqueous dispersion (manufactured by Co-op Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: MEB-3) having an average long side length of 10000 nm was prepared. Distilled water was added to 12.5 g of this mica aqueous dispersion to have a total mass of 100 g, and then mixed using a autorotation stirrer (manufactured by THINKY Co., Ltd., trade name: ARE-310) at 2000 rpm for 10 minutes, and defoamed at 2200 rpm. In the minute, a surface treatment agent A containing 1% by mass of mica having an average long side length of 10000 nm was obtained.
層狀矽酸化合物的平均長邊長度,是使用穿透式電子顯微鏡(日本電子公司製造,商品名:JEM-2100F),將縱100μm×橫100μm之範圍的圖像內全部粒子之長邊長度值進行平均化而求得。另外,各粒子的長邊長度,是當粒子的外接長方形之長邊的長度為最大時,作為該長邊的長度。 The average length of the long side of the layered silicate compound, using a transmission electron microscope: all of the particles within the image (JEOL Inc., trade name JEM-2100F), the longitudinal cross-range 100 μ m × 100 μ m of the The long side length values are averaged and obtained. Further, the length of the long side of each particle is the length of the long side when the length of the long side of the circumscribed rectangle of the particle is the largest.
作為第2矽酸化合物,在Dow Corning公司製造的聚矽氧樹脂(商品名:OE-6370M)1g裡添加正庚烷99g,使總重量為100g,製備成包含1質量%的第2矽酸化合物之表面處理劑B。 As a second phthalic acid compound, 99 g of n-heptane was added to 1 g of a polyoxyl resin (trade name: OE-6370M) manufactured by Dow Corning Co., Ltd. to make a total weight of 100 g, and it was prepared to contain 1% by mass of the second citric acid. Surface treatment agent B of the compound.
在鈉玻璃製的載玻片蒸鍍了厚度100nm之銀的銀基板 上,使用濕厚度12μm之刮棒塗布機,將在上述獲得的包含1質量%的第2矽酸化合物之表面處理劑B塗布後,於22℃靜置30分鐘去除溶劑,並於150℃進行1小時的加熱處理。然後,塗布在上述獲得的包含1質量%的層狀矽酸化合物之表面處理劑A,並於22℃靜置12小時去除溶劑,獲得在表面具備底塗層、及氣體阻隔層(雲母膜)的銀基板(評價用銀基板)。另外,所謂濕厚度,是去除溶劑前之表面處理劑在剛塗布後的厚度。 On a silver substrate having a thickness of 100 nm deposited on a glass slide made of soda glass, a surface treatment containing 1% by mass of the second bismuth compound obtained above was performed using a bar coater having a wet thickness of 12 μm . After the application of the agent B, the solvent was allowed to stand at 22 ° C for 30 minutes, and the solvent was removed at 150 ° C for 1 hour. Then, the surface treatment agent A containing the 1% by mass of the layered tannic acid compound obtained above was applied and allowed to stand at 22 ° C for 12 hours to remove the solvent to obtain an undercoat layer and a gas barrier layer (mica film) on the surface. Silver substrate (silver substrate for evaluation). Further, the wet thickness is the thickness of the surface treatment agent immediately after the solvent is removed.
在ENOMOTO股份有限公司製造之尺寸3528的LED用引線框架(商品名:OP4)上,用金引線連接發光波長467.5nm~470nm、容量3.7μL之發光二極體晶片,製作成發光裝置。之後,在發光二極體上利用滴管滴入0.03mL的在上述所獲得的包含1質量%的第2矽酸化合物之表面處理劑B(第2矽酸化合物層形成材料),於22℃靜置30分鐘去除溶劑,並於150℃進行1小時的加熱處理。之後,利用滴管滴入0.03mL的表面處理劑A,於22℃靜置12小時去除溶劑,獲得在鍍銀基板上具備底塗層及氣體阻隔層的發光裝置。之後,於150℃進行1小時的加熱處理後,利用Dow Corning公司製造的透明聚矽氧密封材料(商品名:OE-6631)密封住,藉由在150℃且5小時的熱處理,因硬化而獲得評價用發光裝置。第37圖是針對於實施例中使用銀用表面處理劑而形成的防銀硫化變色膜的一例,所拍攝而成的材料的剖面穿透式電子顯微 鏡(TEM)照片。 In the lead frame LED (trade name: OP4) ENOMOTO Manufacturing Co., size of the light-emitting device 3528, connected to the light emitting wavelength 467.5nm 470nm, capacity 3.7 μ L of the light emitting diode chip - with gold wire, made into. Thereafter, 0.03 mL of the surface treatment agent B (second bismuth citrate compound layer forming material) containing 1% by mass of the second phthalic acid compound obtained above was dropped on the light-emitting diode using a dropper at 22 ° C. The solvent was removed by standing for 30 minutes, and heat treatment was performed at 150 ° C for 1 hour. Thereafter, 0.03 mL of the surface treatment agent A was dropped by a dropper, and the mixture was allowed to stand at 22 ° C for 12 hours to remove the solvent, thereby obtaining a light-emitting device having an undercoat layer and a gas barrier layer on the silver-plated substrate. Thereafter, after heat treatment at 150 ° C for 1 hour, it was sealed with a transparent polyxylene sealing material (trade name: OE-6631) manufactured by Dow Corning Co., Ltd., and cured by heat treatment at 150 ° C for 5 hours. A light-emitting device for evaluation was obtained. Fig. 37 is a cross-sectional transmission electron microscope (TEM) photograph of a material obtained by using an example of an anti-silver sulfochromic film formed by using a surface treatment agent for silver in the examples.
首先,使用分光光度計(日本分光公司製造,商品名:V-570)來測定在上述所獲得的評價用銀基板的波長550nm的可視光反射率,以作為〔硫化氫暴露前反射率〕。其次,將評價用銀基板在10ppm硫化氫氣體氣流、40℃、90%RH(相對濕度)中靜置96小時後,測定波長550nm之可視光反射率,以作為〔硫化氫暴露後反射率〕。 First, the visible light reflectance at a wavelength of 550 nm of the silver substrate for evaluation obtained above was measured using a spectrophotometer (manufactured by JASCO Corporation, trade name: V-570) to obtain [reflectance before exposure to hydrogen sulfide]. Next, the evaluation silver substrate was allowed to stand in a 10 ppm hydrogen sulfide gas flow, 40 ° C, and 90% RH (relative humidity) for 96 hours, and then the visible light reflectance at a wavelength of 550 nm was measured as [reflectance after hydrogen sulfide exposure]. .
以〔硫化氫暴露前反射率〕-〔硫化氫暴露後反射率〕=〔反射下降率〕,求得反射下降率。將結果顯示於表1。 The reflection reduction rate was determined by [reflectance before hydrogen sulfide exposure] - [reflectance after exposure to hydrogen sulfide] = [reflection reduction rate]. The results are shown in Table 1.
用順向電流20mA、順向電壓3.3V使評價用發光裝置發光,使用多通道分光計(大塚電子股份有限公司製造,商品名:MCPD-3700)以曝光時間30毫秒來測定發光強度,以作為〔硫化氫暴露前發光強度〕。其次,將評價用發光裝置在10ppm硫化氫氣體氣流、40℃、90%RH(相對濕度)中靜置96小時後,用順向電流20mA、順向電壓3.3V予以發光,使用多通道分光計以曝光時間30毫秒來測定發光強度,以作為〔硫化氫暴露後發光強度〕。 The evaluation light-emitting device was used to emit light with a forward current of 20 mA and a forward voltage of 3.3 V, and the luminescence intensity was measured by using a multi-channel spectrometer (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd., trade name: MCPD-3700) for an exposure time of 30 msec. [Luminescence intensity before hydrogen sulfide exposure]. Next, the evaluation light-emitting device was allowed to stand in a 10 ppm hydrogen sulfide gas flow, 40 ° C, and 90% RH (relative humidity) for 96 hours, and then emitted with a forward current of 20 mA and a forward voltage of 3.3 V, using a multi-channel spectrometer. The luminescence intensity was measured at an exposure time of 30 msec as [luminescence intensity after hydrogen sulfide exposure].
以(〔硫化氫暴露後發光強度〕/〔硫化氫暴露前發光強度〕)×100=〔發光強度維持率〕,求得發光強度維持率。將結果顯示於表1。 The luminous intensity maintenance ratio was determined by ([luminescence intensity after hydrogen sulfide exposure] / [luminescence intensity before hydrogen sulfide exposure]) × 100 = [luminescence intensity maintenance ratio]. The results are shown in Table 1.
用順向電流20mA、順向電壓3.3V使評價用發光裝置發光,使用多通道分光計(大塚電子股份有限公司製造,商品名:MCPD-3700)以曝光時間30毫秒來測定發光強度,以作為〔試驗前發光強度〕。用順向電流20mA、順向電壓3.3V使評價用發光裝置發光,同時在85℃、85%RH(相對濕度)中靜置50小時後,以目視觀察。又,用順向電流20mA、順向電壓3.3V予以發光,使用多通道分光計(大塚電子股份有限公司製造,商品名:MCPD-3700)以曝光時間30毫秒來測定發光強度,以作為〔試驗後發光強度〕。藉由目視觀察,有著電化學性遷移之發生所導致的電極間的變色,以(〔試驗後發光強度〕/〔試驗前發光強度〕)×100=〔發光強度維持率〕求得。可確認電極間的變色,發光強度維持率在97%以下的情況作為不良而以×來評價,電極間完全沒有變色,發光強度維持率在100%的情況作為良好而以○來評價。藉由目視觀察,雖然電極間稍微可辨認到變色但發光強度維持率仍超過97%的情況作為容許而以△評價。將結果顯示於表1。 The evaluation light-emitting device was used to emit light with a forward current of 20 mA and a forward voltage of 3.3 V, and the luminescence intensity was measured by using a multi-channel spectrometer (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd., trade name: MCPD-3700) for an exposure time of 30 msec. [Pre-test luminous intensity]. The evaluation light-emitting device was irradiated with a forward current of 20 mA and a forward voltage of 3.3 V, and was allowed to stand at 85 ° C and 85% RH (relative humidity) for 50 hours, and then visually observed. Further, the light was emitted by a forward current of 20 mA and a forward voltage of 3.3 V, and the luminescence intensity was measured by using a multi-channel spectrometer (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd., trade name: MCPD-3700) for an exposure time of 30 msec. Post-luminescence intensity]. By visual observation, the discoloration between the electrodes due to the occurrence of electrochemical migration was determined by ([post-test luminous intensity] / [pre-test luminous intensity] × 100 = [luminescence intensity maintenance ratio]. When discoloration between the electrodes was confirmed, when the luminescence intensity retention rate was 97% or less, it was evaluated as × as a defect, and there was no discoloration between the electrodes at all. When the luminescence intensity retention rate was 100%, it was evaluated as ○. By visual observation, although the discoloration was slightly discernible between the electrodes, the case where the luminous intensity maintenance rate exceeded 97% was evaluated as Δ as an allowable. The results are shown in Table 1.
將評價用發光裝置,在鋼筆用瓶裝紅色墨水(PILOT公司製造,商品名:INK30R)中以25℃浸漬24小時後,取出並水洗。使用實體顯微鏡,觀察有無墨水導致的著色,將沒 有墨水滲透導致的紅色之著色的情況作為黏著性良好而判定為○,將有的情況作為黏著性不良而判定為×。將結果顯示於表1。 The light-emitting device for evaluation was immersed in a pen-filled red ink (manufactured by PILOT Co., Ltd., trade name: INK30R) at 25 ° C for 24 hours, and then taken out and washed with water. Use a solid microscope to observe the coloration caused by the ink, it will not In the case where the red color of the ink was infiltrated, it was judged as ○ as good adhesion, and it was judged as × as a poor adhesion. The results are shown in Table 1.
在ENOMOTO股份有限公司製造之尺寸3528的LED用引線框架(商品名:OP4)上,利用金引線連接發光波長467.5nm~470nm、容量3.7μL的發光二極體晶片,製作成發光裝置。之後,在發光二極體上利用滴管滴入0.03mL的在上述所獲得的包含1質量%的第2矽酸化合物之表面處理劑B(第2矽酸化合物層形成材料),於22℃靜置30分鐘去除溶劑,並於150℃進行1小時的加熱處理。之後,利用滴管滴入0.03mL的表面處理劑A,於22℃靜置12小時去除溶劑,獲得在鍍銀基板上具備底塗層及氣體阻隔層的發光裝置。之後,於150℃進行1小時的加熱處理後,利用Dow Corning公司製造的透明聚矽氧密封材料(商品名:OE-6631)密封住,將Quad Group公司製造的φ 1.8mm銅製立柱螺栓銷(stud pin)(商品名:901070U)之立柱側垂直立在密封材料之中,藉由於150℃進行5小時的熱處理,因硬化而獲得剝離試驗用發光裝置。 A light-emitting diode of a light-emitting diode having a light-emitting wavelength of 467.5 nm to 470 nm and a capacity of 3.7 μL was connected to a lead frame for LEDs (trade name: OP4) of a size 3528 manufactured by ENOMOTO Co., Ltd., and a light-emitting device was produced. Thereafter, 0.03 mL of the surface treatment agent B (second bismuth citrate compound layer forming material) containing 1% by mass of the second phthalic acid compound obtained above was dropped on the light-emitting diode using a dropper at 22 ° C. The solvent was removed by standing for 30 minutes, and heat treatment was performed at 150 ° C for 1 hour. Thereafter, 0.03 mL of the surface treatment agent A was dropped by a dropper, and the mixture was allowed to stand at 22 ° C for 12 hours to remove the solvent, thereby obtaining a light-emitting device having an undercoat layer and a gas barrier layer on the silver-plated substrate. Thereafter, after heat treatment at 150 ° C for 1 hour, it was sealed with a transparent polyxylene sealing material (trade name: OE-6631) manufactured by Dow Corning Co., Ltd., and a φ 1.8 mm copper stud pin manufactured by Quad Group ( The column side of the stud pin) (trade name: 901070U) was vertically stood in the sealing material, and the light-emitting device for peeling test was obtained by hardening by heat treatment at 150 ° C for 5 hours.
將剝離試驗用發光裝置裝在Romulus製造的柱螺栓拉力試驗機(商品名:stud pin pull tester)上,以1.5N/秒的速度剝離,來測定剝離力。將結果顯示於表1。 The peeling test light-emitting device was attached to a stud pull tester (trade name: stud pin pull tester) manufactured by Romulus, and peeled off at a rate of 1.5 N/sec to measure the peeling force. The results are shown in Table 1.
使用平均長邊長度1000nm的雲母(Topy工業股份有限公司製造,商品名:NTS-5),除了在此雲母1g中添加蒸餾水使總重量為100g以外與實施例A1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例A1同樣地進行評價。 A surface treatment agent was produced in the same manner as in Example A1 except that mica (manufactured by Topy Industries Co., Ltd., trade name: NTS-5) having an average long side length of 1000 nm was used, except that distilled water was added to this mica 1 g to make the total weight 100 g. The evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example A1.
使用平均長邊長度500nm的雲母(Topy工業股份有限公司製造,商品名:NHT-B2),除了在此雲母1g中添加蒸餾水使總重量為100g以外與實施例A1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例A1同樣地進行評價。 A mica having an average length of 500 nm (manufactured by Topy Industries Co., Ltd., trade name: NHT-B2) was used, and a surface treatment agent was prepared in the same manner as in Example A1 except that distilled water was added to this mica 1 g to make a total weight of 100 g. The evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example A1.
使用平均長邊長度5000nm的蒙脫石(Kunimine工業股份有限公司製造,商品名:Kunipia F),除了在此蒙脫石1g中添加蒸餾水使總重量為100g以外與實施例A1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例A1同樣地進行評價。 A montmorillonite (manufactured by Kunimine Industries Co., Ltd., trade name: Kunipia F) having an average long-side length of 5000 nm was used in the same manner as in Example A1 except that distilled water was added to 1 g of montmorillonite to have a total weight of 100 g. The surface treatment agent was evaluated in the same manner as in Example A1.
使用平均長邊長度2000nm的蒙脫石(Kunimine工業股份有限公司製造,商品名:Kunipia F),除了在此蒙脫石1g中添加蒸餾水使總重量為100g以外與實施例A1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例A1同樣地進行評價。 A montmorillonite (manufactured by Kunimine Industries Co., Ltd., trade name: Kunipia F) having an average long side length of 2000 nm was used in the same manner as in Example A1 except that distilled water was added to 1 g of montmorillonite to have a total weight of 100 g. The surface treatment agent was evaluated in the same manner as in Example A1.
使用平均長邊長度1000nm的蒙脫石(Kunimine工業股份有限公司製造,商品名:Kunipia F),除了在此蒙脫石1g中添加蒸餾水使總重量為100g以外與實施例A1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例A1同樣地進行評價。 A montmorillonite (manufactured by Kunimine Industries Co., Ltd., trade name: Kunipia F) having an average long side length of 1000 nm was used in the same manner as in Example A1 except that distilled water was added to 1 g of montmorillonite to have a total weight of 100 g. The surface treatment agent was evaluated in the same manner as in Example A1.
除了使用矽酸鋰(日產化學股份有限公司製造,商品名:LSS35)0.01g作為第2矽酸化合物以外與實施例A1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例A1同樣地進行評價。 A surface treatment agent was prepared in the same manner as in Example A1 except that 0.01 g of lithium niobate (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: LSS35) was used as the second phthalic acid compound, and evaluated in the same manner as in Example A1.
作為第2矽酸化合物是將聚矽氮烷20%溶液(AZ Electronic Materials製造,商品名:NL120A-20)1g溶解於脫水二丁醚39g裡,並將此溶液當作第2矽酸化合物來使用,除此以外與實施例A1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例A1同樣地進行評價。 As the second phthalic acid compound, 1 g of a polypyridoxane 20% solution (manufactured by AZ Electronic Materials, trade name: NL120A-20) was dissolved in 39 g of dehydrated dibutyl ether, and this solution was used as a second bismuth acid compound. A surface treatment agent was prepared in the same manner as in Example A1 except for the above, and the evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example A1.
作為第2矽酸化合物是將聚矽氮烷20%溶液(AZ Electronic Materials製造,商品名:NAX120-20)3g溶解於脫水二丁醚17g裡,並將此溶液當作第2矽酸化合物來使用,除此以外與實施例A1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施 例A1同樣地進行評價。 As the second phthalic acid compound, 3 g of a polypyridoxane 20% solution (manufactured by AZ Electronic Materials, trade name: NAX120-20) was dissolved in 17 g of dehydrated dibutyl ether, and this solution was used as a second bismuth acid compound. A surface treatment agent was prepared and treated in the same manner as in Example A1 except for use. Example A1 was evaluated in the same manner.
不使用表面處理劑來製作銀基板及發光裝置,與實施例A1同樣地進行評價。 The silver substrate and the light-emitting device were produced without using a surface treatment agent, and evaluated in the same manner as in Example A1.
不使用包含層狀矽酸化合物之表面處理劑來製作銀基板及發光裝置,與實施例A1同樣地進行評價。 The silver substrate and the light-emitting device were produced without using a surface treatment agent containing a layered tannic acid compound, and evaluated in the same manner as in Example A1.
不使用包含第2矽酸化合物之表面處理劑來製作銀基板及發光裝置,與實施例A1同樣地進行評價。 The silver substrate and the light-emitting device were produced without using a surface treatment agent containing a second phthalic acid compound, and evaluated in the same manner as in Example A1.
層狀矽酸化合物是用超音波分散機來粉碎,把平均長邊長度調整成既定的大小而使用。 The layered tannic acid compound is pulverized by an ultrasonic disperser, and the average long side length is adjusted to a predetermined size.
如表1所示,可知在實施例A1~A9中,能獲得銀基板之硫化氫氣體耐受性、發光二極體之硫化氫氣體耐受性。又,可知在使用發光二極體的發光裝置上能獲得適宜的黏著性。 As shown in Table 1, it is understood that in Examples A1 to A9, the hydrogen sulfide gas resistance of the silver substrate and the hydrogen sulfide gas resistance of the light-emitting diode can be obtained. Further, it is understood that an appropriate adhesion can be obtained in a light-emitting device using a light-emitting diode.
作為層狀矽酸化合物,準備了平均長邊長度10000nm之雲母水分散液(Co-op Chemical股份有限公司製造,商品名:MEB-3)。在此雲母水分散液12.5g中添加蒸餾水,使總質量 為100g後,使用自轉公轉攪拌機(THINKY股份有限公司製造,商品名:ARE-310)以2000rpm進行混合10分鐘,以2200rpm進行脫泡10分鐘,得到包含1質量%的平均長邊長度10000nm的雲母之表面處理劑A。 As the layered citric acid compound, a mica aqueous dispersion (manufactured by Co-op Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: MEB-3) having an average long side length of 10000 nm was prepared. Add distilled water to 12.5g of this mica aqueous dispersion to make the total mass After 100 g, the mixture was mixed at 2000 rpm for 10 minutes using a rotary revolution mixer (manufactured by THINKY Co., Ltd., trade name: ARE-310), and defoamed at 2200 rpm for 10 minutes to obtain mica containing 1% by mass of an average long side length of 10000 nm. Surface treatment agent A.
層狀矽酸化合物的平均長邊長度,是使用穿透式電子顯微鏡(日本電子製造,商品名:JEM-2100F),將縱100μm×橫100μm之範圍的圖像內全部粒子之長邊長度值進行平均化而求得。另外,各粒子的長邊長度,是當粒子的外接長方形之長邊的長度為最大時,作為該長邊的長度。 The average long-side length of the layered tannic acid compound is a long-side length value of all the particles in the image in the range of 100 μm in length × 100 μm in width, using a transmission electron microscope (manufactured by JEOL Ltd., trade name: JEM-2100F). It is obtained by averaging. Further, the length of the long side of each particle is the length of the long side when the length of the long side of the circumscribed rectangle of the particle is the largest.
作為第2矽酸化合物,在Dow Corning公司製聚矽氧樹脂(OE-6370M)3g裡添加正庚烷97g,使總重量為100g,製備成包含3質量%的第2矽酸化合物之表面處理劑B。 As a second phthalic acid compound, 97 g of n-heptane was added to 3 g of a polyoxyxylene resin (OE-6370M) manufactured by Dow Corning Co., Ltd. to make a total weight of 100 g, and a surface treatment containing a 3% by mass of a second phthalic acid compound was prepared. Agent B.
在鈉玻璃製的載玻片蒸鍍了厚度100nm之銀的銀基板上,使用濕厚度12μm之刮棒塗布機,將在上述所獲得的包含3質量%的第2矽酸化合物之表面處理劑B塗布後,於22℃靜置30分鐘去除溶劑,並於150℃進行1小時的加熱處理。然後,塗布在上述所獲得的包含1質量%的層狀矽酸化合物之表面處理劑A,並於22℃靜置12小時去除溶劑,獲得在表面具備底塗層、及氣體阻隔層的銀基板(評價用銀基板)。另外,所謂濕厚度,是去除溶劑前之表面處理劑在剛塗布後的厚度。 On a silver substrate having a thickness of 100 nm deposited on a glass slide made of sodium glass, a surface treatment agent containing 3% by mass of a second bismuth acid compound obtained as described above was used using a bar coater having a thickness of 12 μm. After coating with B, the solvent was removed by standing at 22 ° C for 30 minutes, and heat treatment was performed at 150 ° C for 1 hour. Then, the surface treatment agent A containing the 1% by mass of the layered tannic acid compound obtained above was applied and allowed to stand at 22 ° C for 12 hours to remove the solvent, thereby obtaining a silver substrate having an undercoat layer and a gas barrier layer on the surface. (Silver substrate for evaluation). Further, the wet thickness is the thickness of the surface treatment agent immediately after the solvent is removed.
在ENOMOTO股份有限公司製造之尺寸3528的LED用引線框架(商品名:OP4)上,用金引線連接發光波長467.5nm~470nm、容量3.7μL之發光二極體晶片,製作成發光裝置。之後,在發光二極體上利用滴管滴入0.03mL的在上述所獲得的包含3質量%的第2矽酸化合物之表面處理劑B(第2矽酸化合物層形成材料),於22℃靜置30分鐘去除溶劑,並於150℃進行1小時的加熱處理。之後,利用滴管滴入0.03mL的表面處理劑A,於22℃靜置12小時去除溶劑,獲得在鍍銀基板上具備底塗層及氣體阻隔層的發光裝置。之後,於150℃進行1小時的加熱處理後,用Dow Corning公司製造的透明聚矽氧密封材料(商品名:OE-6631)密封住,於150℃進行5小時的熱處理,因硬化而獲得評價用發光裝置。第37圖是針對於實施例中使用銀用表面處理劑而形成的防銀硫化變色膜的一例,所拍攝而成之材料的剖面TEM照片。 In the lead frame LED (trade name: OP4) ENOMOTO Manufacturing Co., size of the light-emitting device 3528, connected to the light emitting wavelength 467.5nm 470nm, capacity 3.7 μ L of the light emitting diode chip - with gold wire, made into. Thereafter, 0.03 mL of the surface treatment agent B (second bismuth citrate compound layer forming material) containing the 3% by mass of the second bismuth compound obtained above was dropped on the light-emitting diode using a dropper at 22 ° C. The solvent was removed by standing for 30 minutes, and heat treatment was performed at 150 ° C for 1 hour. Thereafter, 0.03 mL of the surface treatment agent A was dropped by a dropper, and the mixture was allowed to stand at 22 ° C for 12 hours to remove the solvent, thereby obtaining a light-emitting device having an undercoat layer and a gas barrier layer on the silver-plated substrate. Thereafter, after heat treatment at 150 ° C for 1 hour, it was sealed with a transparent polyxylene sealing material (trade name: OE-6631) manufactured by Dow Corning Co., Ltd., and heat-treated at 150 ° C for 5 hours, and was evaluated by hardening. Use a light-emitting device. Fig. 37 is a cross-sectional TEM photograph of a material obtained by taking an example of an anti-silver sulfochromic film formed using a surface treatment agent for silver in the examples.
首先,使用分光光度計(日本分光公司製造,商品名:V-570)來測定在上述所獲得的評價用銀基板的波長550nm的可視光反射率,以作為〔硫化氫暴露前反射率〕。其次,將評價用銀基板在10ppm硫化氫氣體氣流、40℃、90%RH(相對濕度)中靜置96小時後,測定波長550nm之可視光反射率,以作為〔硫化氫暴露後反射率〕。 First, the visible light reflectance at a wavelength of 550 nm of the silver substrate for evaluation obtained above was measured using a spectrophotometer (manufactured by JASCO Corporation, trade name: V-570) to obtain [reflectance before exposure to hydrogen sulfide]. Next, the evaluation silver substrate was allowed to stand in a 10 ppm hydrogen sulfide gas flow, 40 ° C, and 90% RH (relative humidity) for 96 hours, and then the visible light reflectance at a wavelength of 550 nm was measured as [reflectance after hydrogen sulfide exposure]. .
以〔硫化氫暴露前反射率〕-〔硫化氫暴露後反射率〕=〔反射下降率〕,求得反射下降率。將結果顯示於表2。 The reflection reduction rate was determined by [reflectance before hydrogen sulfide exposure] - [reflectance after exposure to hydrogen sulfide] = [reflection reduction rate]. The results are shown in Table 2.
用順向電流20mA、順向電壓3.3V使評價用發光裝置發光,使用多通道分光計(大塚電子股份有限公司製造,商品名:MCPD-3700)以曝光時間30毫秒來測定發光強度,以作為〔硫化氫暴露前發光強度〕。其次,將評價用發光裝置在10ppm硫化氫氣體氣流、40℃、90%RH(相對濕度)中靜置96小時後,用順向電流20mA、順向電壓3.3V予以發光,使用多通道分光計以曝光時間30毫秒來測定發光強度,以作為〔硫化氫暴露後發光強度〕。 The evaluation light-emitting device was used to emit light with a forward current of 20 mA and a forward voltage of 3.3 V, and the luminescence intensity was measured by using a multi-channel spectrometer (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd., trade name: MCPD-3700) for an exposure time of 30 msec. [Luminescence intensity before hydrogen sulfide exposure]. Next, the evaluation light-emitting device was allowed to stand in a 10 ppm hydrogen sulfide gas flow, 40 ° C, and 90% RH (relative humidity) for 96 hours, and then emitted with a forward current of 20 mA and a forward voltage of 3.3 V, using a multi-channel spectrometer. The luminescence intensity was measured at an exposure time of 30 msec as [luminescence intensity after hydrogen sulfide exposure].
以(〔硫化氫暴露後發光強度〕/〔硫化氫暴露前發光強度〕)×100=〔發光強度維持率〕,求得發光強度維持率。將結果顯示於表2。 The luminous intensity maintenance ratio was determined by ([luminescence intensity after hydrogen sulfide exposure] / [luminescence intensity before hydrogen sulfide exposure]) × 100 = [luminescence intensity maintenance ratio]. The results are shown in Table 2.
用順向電流20mA、順向電壓3.3V使評價用發光裝置發光,使用多通道分光計(大塚電子股份有限公司製造,商品名:MCPD-3700)以曝光時間30毫秒來測定發光強度,以作為〔試驗前發光強度〕。用順向電流20mA、順向電壓3.3V使評價用發光裝置發光,同時在85℃、85%RH(相對濕度)中靜置50小時後,以目視觀察。又,用順向電流20mA、順向電壓3.3V予以發光,使用多通道分光計(大塚電子股份有限公司製造,商品名:MCPD-3700)以曝光時間30毫秒來測定發光強度,以作為〔試驗後發光強度〕。藉由目視觀察, 有著電化學性遷移之發生所導致的電極間的變色,以(〔試驗後發光強度〕/〔試驗前發光強度〕)×100=〔發光強度維持率〕求得。可確認電極間的變色,發光強度維持率在97%以下的情況作為不良而以×來評價,電極間完全沒有變色,發光強度維持率在100%的情況作為良好而以○來評價。藉由目視觀察,雖然電極間稍微可辨認到變色但發光強度維持率仍超過97%的情況作為容許而以△評價。將結果顯示於表2。 The evaluation light-emitting device was used to emit light with a forward current of 20 mA and a forward voltage of 3.3 V, and the luminescence intensity was measured by using a multi-channel spectrometer (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd., trade name: MCPD-3700) for an exposure time of 30 msec. [Pre-test luminous intensity]. The evaluation light-emitting device was irradiated with a forward current of 20 mA and a forward voltage of 3.3 V, and was allowed to stand at 85 ° C and 85% RH (relative humidity) for 50 hours, and then visually observed. Further, the light was emitted by a forward current of 20 mA and a forward voltage of 3.3 V, and the luminescence intensity was measured by using a multi-channel spectrometer (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd., trade name: MCPD-3700) for an exposure time of 30 msec. Post-luminescence intensity]. By visual observation, The discoloration between the electrodes due to the occurrence of electrochemical migration was determined by ([luminescence intensity after test] / [luminescence intensity before test]) × 100 = [luminance intensity retention rate]. When discoloration between the electrodes was confirmed, when the luminescence intensity retention rate was 97% or less, it was evaluated as × as a defect, and there was no discoloration between the electrodes at all. When the luminescence intensity retention rate was 100%, it was evaluated as ○. By visual observation, although the discoloration was slightly discernible between the electrodes, the case where the luminous intensity maintenance rate exceeded 97% was evaluated as Δ as an allowable. The results are shown in Table 2.
將評價用發光裝置,在鋼筆用瓶裝紅色墨水(PILOT公司製造,商品名:INK30R)中以25℃浸漬24小時後,取出並水洗,使用實體顯微鏡,觀察有無墨水導致的著色。將沒有墨水滲透導致的紅色之著色的情況作為黏著性良好而判定為○,將有著色的情況作為黏著性不良而判定為×。將結果顯示於表2。 The light-emitting device for evaluation was immersed in a pen-filled red ink (manufactured by PILOT Co., Ltd., trade name: INK30R) at 25 ° C for 24 hours, and then taken out and washed with water, and a solid microscope was used to observe the presence or absence of coloring by the ink. The case where there was no red coloration due to ink penetration was judged as ○ as good adhesion, and it was judged as × as coloring failure. The results are shown in Table 2.
在ENOMOTO股份有限公司製造之尺寸3528的LED用引線框架(商品名:OP4)上,用金引線連接發光波長467.5nm~470nm、容量3.7μL之發光二極體晶片,製作成發光裝置。之後,在發光二極體上利用滴管滴入0.03mL的在上述所獲得的包含3質量%的第2矽酸化合物之表面處理劑B(第2矽酸化合物層形成材料),於22℃靜置30分鐘去除溶劑,並於 150℃進行1小時的加熱處理。之後,利用滴管滴入0.03mL的表面處理劑A,於22℃靜置12小時去除溶劑,獲得在鍍銀基板上具備第2矽酸化合物層及雲母膜的發光裝置。之後,於150℃進行1小時的加熱處理後,用Dow Corning公司製造的透明聚矽氧密封材料(商品名:OE-6631)密封住,將Quad Group公司製造的φ 1.8mm銅製立柱螺栓銷(商品名:901070U)之立柱側垂直立在密封材料之中,藉由於150℃進行5小時的熱處理,因硬化而獲得剝離試驗用發光裝置。將結果顯示於表2。 In the lead frame LED (trade name: OP4) ENOMOTO Manufacturing Co., size of the light-emitting device 3528, connected to the light emitting wavelength 467.5nm 470nm, capacity 3.7 μ L of the light emitting diode chip - with gold wire, made into. Thereafter, 0.03 mL of the surface treatment agent B (second bismuth citrate compound layer forming material) containing the 3% by mass of the second bismuth compound obtained above was dropped on the light-emitting diode using a dropper at 22 ° C. The solvent was removed by standing for 30 minutes, and heat treatment was performed at 150 ° C for 1 hour. Thereafter, 0.03 mL of the surface treatment agent A was dropped by a dropper, and the mixture was allowed to stand at 22 ° C for 12 hours to remove the solvent, thereby obtaining a light-emitting device including a second ruthenic acid compound layer and a mica film on the silver-plated substrate. Thereafter, after heat treatment at 150 ° C for 1 hour, it was sealed with a transparent polyxylene sealing material (trade name: OE-6631) manufactured by Dow Corning Co., Ltd., and a φ 1.8 mm copper stud pin manufactured by Quad Group ( The column side of the product name: 901070U) stands vertically in the sealing material, and the light-emitting device for peeling test is obtained by hardening by heat treatment at 150 ° C for 5 hours. The results are shown in Table 2.
將剝離試驗用發光裝置裝在Romulus製造的柱螺栓拉力試驗機上,以1.5N/秒的速度剝離,來測定剝離力。將結果顯示於表2。 The peeling test light-emitting device was attached to a stud tensile tester manufactured by Romulus, and peeled off at a rate of 1.5 N/sec to measure the peeling force. The results are shown in Table 2.
使用平均長邊長度1000nm的雲母(Topy工業股份有限公司製造,商品名:NTS-5),除了在此雲母1g中添加蒸餾水使總重量為100g以外與實施例B1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表2。 A mica having an average length of 1000 nm (manufactured by Topy Industries, Inc., trade name: NTS-5) was used, and a surface treatment agent was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that distilled water was added to this mica 1 g to make a total weight of 100 g. The evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 2.
使用平均長邊長度500nm的雲母(Topy工業股份有限公司製造,商品名:NHT-B2),除了在此雲母1g中添加蒸餾水使總重量為100g以外與實施例B1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表2。 A mica having an average long-side length of 500 nm (manufactured by Topy Industries Co., Ltd., trade name: NHT-B2) was used, and a surface treatment agent was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that distilled water was added to this mica 1 g to make a total weight of 100 g. The evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 2.
用平均長邊長度5000nm的蒙脫石(Kunimine工業股份有限公司製造,商品名:Kunipia F),除了在此蒙脫石1g中添加蒸餾水使總重量為100g以外與實施例B1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表2。 A montmorillonite (manufactured by Kunimine Industries Co., Ltd., trade name: Kunipia F) having an average long side length of 5000 nm was produced in the same manner as in Example B1 except that distilled water was added to 1 g of montmorillonite to have a total weight of 100 g. The surface treatment agent was evaluated in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 2.
使用平均長邊長度2000nm的蒙脫石(Kunimine工業股份有限公司製造,商品名:Kunipia F),除了在此蒙脫石1g中添加蒸餾水使總重量為100g以外與實施例B1同樣地進行 來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表2。 In the same manner as in Example B1 except that montmorillonite (manufactured by Kunimine Industries Co., Ltd., trade name: Kunipia F) having an average long-side length of 2000 nm was used, the distilled water was added to 1 g of the montmorillonite to have a total weight of 100 g. The surface treatment agent was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 2.
使用平均長邊長度1000nm的蒙脫石(Kunimine工業股份有限公司製造,商品名:Kunipia F),除了在此蒙脫石1g中添加蒸餾水使總重量為100g以外與實施例B1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表2。 A montmorillonite (manufactured by Kunimine Industries, Ltd., trade name: Kunipia F) having an average long-side length of 1000 nm was used in the same manner as in Example B1 except that distilled water was added to 1 g of montmorillonite to have a total weight of 100 g. The surface treatment agent was evaluated in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 2.
作為第2矽酸化合物,是在Dow Corning公司製造的聚矽氧樹脂(商品名:OE-6370M)0.05g中添加正庚烷99.5g,使總重量為100g來製備,除此以外與實施例B1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表2。 The second phthalic acid compound was prepared by adding 99.5 g of n-heptane to 0.05 g of a polyoxyxylene resin (trade name: OE-6370M) manufactured by Dow Corning Co., Ltd. to make a total weight of 100 g. B1 was produced in the same manner to prepare a surface treatment agent, and was evaluated in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 2.
作為第2矽酸化合物,是在Dow Corning公司製造的聚矽氧樹脂(商品名:OE-6370M)6g中添加正庚烷94g,使總重量為100g來製備,除此以外與實施例B1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表2。 In the same manner as in the example B1, the second phthalic acid compound was prepared by adding 94 g of n-heptane to 6 g of a polyoxyl resin (trade name: OE-6370M) manufactured by Dow Corning Co., Ltd. to make a total weight of 100 g. The surface treatment agent was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 2.
作為第2矽酸化合物,是在Dow Corning公司製造的聚矽氧樹脂(商品名:OE-6370HF)3g中添加正庚烷97g,使總重量為100g來製備,除此以外與實施例B1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表2。 In the same manner as in the example B1, the second phthalic acid compound was prepared by adding 97 g of n-heptane to 3 g of a polyoxyl resin (trade name: OE-6370HF) manufactured by Dow Corning Co., Ltd. to make a total weight of 100 g. The surface treatment agent was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 2.
作為第2矽酸化合物,是在Dow Corning公司製造的聚矽氧樹脂(商品名:OE-6351)3g中添加正庚烷97g,使總重量為100g來製備,除此以外與實施例B1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表2。 In the same manner as in Example B1, the second phthalic acid compound was prepared by adding 97 g of n-heptane to 3 g of a polyoxyl resin (trade name: OE-6351) manufactured by Dow Corning Co., Ltd. to make a total weight of 100 g. The surface treatment agent was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 2.
作為第2矽酸化合物,是在Dow Corning公司製造的聚矽氧樹脂(商品名:OE-6336)3g中添加正庚烷97g,使總重量為100g來製備,除此以外與實施例B1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表2。 In the same manner as in Example B1, the second phthalic acid compound was prepared by adding 97 g of n-heptane to 3 g of a polyoxyl resin (trade name: OE-6336) manufactured by Dow Corning Co., Ltd. to make a total weight of 100 g. The surface treatment agent was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 2.
作為第2矽酸化合物,是在Dow Corning公司製造的聚矽氧樹脂(商品名:EG-6301)3g中添加正庚烷97g,使總重 量為100g來製備,除此以外與實施例B1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表3。 As the second phthalic acid compound, 97 g of n-heptane was added to 3 g of a polyoxyl resin (trade name: EG-6301) manufactured by Dow Corning Co., Ltd. to make the total weight. The surface treatment agent was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that the amount was 100 g, and the evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 3.
作為第2矽酸化合物,是在信越化學公司製造的聚矽氧樹脂(商品名:KER-2600)3g中添加正庚烷97g,使總重量為100g來製備,除此以外與實施例B1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表3。 In the same manner as in the example B1, the second phthalic acid compound was prepared by adding 97 g of n-heptane to 3 g of a polyoxyl resin (trade name: KER-2600) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. to make a total weight of 100 g. The surface treatment agent was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 3.
作為第2矽酸化合物,是在Dow Corning公司製造的聚矽氧樹脂(商品名:OE-6630)3g中添加正庚烷97g,使總重量為100g來製備,除此以外與實施例B1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表3。 In the same manner as in the example B1, the second phthalic acid compound was prepared by adding 97 g of n-heptane to 3 g of a polyoxyl resin (trade name: OE-6630) manufactured by Dow Corning Co., Ltd. to make a total weight of 100 g. The surface treatment agent was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 3.
作為第2矽酸化合物,是在WACKER公司製造的聚矽氧樹脂(商品名:LUMISIL868)3g中添加正庚烷97g,使總重量為100g來製備,除此以外與實施例B1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表3。 The second phthalic acid compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that 97 g of n-heptane was added to 3 g of a polyoxyl resin (trade name: LUMISIL 868) manufactured by WACKER Co., Ltd. to make a total weight of 100 g. The surface treatment agent was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 3.
作為第2矽酸化合物,是在WACKER公司製造的聚矽氧樹脂(商品名:LUMISIL815)3g中添加正庚烷97g,使總重量為100g來製備,除此以外與實施例B1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表3。 The second phthalic acid compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that 97 g of n-heptane was added to 3 g of a polyoxyl resin (trade name: LUMISIL 815) manufactured by WACKER Co., Ltd., and the total weight was 100 g. The surface treatment agent was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 3.
作為第2矽酸化合物,是在信越化學公司製造的聚矽氧樹脂(商品名:KER-6000)3g中添加正庚烷97g,使總重量為100g來製備,除此以外與實施例B1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表3。 In the same manner as in the example B1, the second phthalic acid compound was prepared by adding 97 g of n-heptane to 3 g of a polyoxyl resin (trade name: KER-6000) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. to make a total weight of 100 g. The surface treatment agent was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 3.
不使用表面處理劑來製作銀基板及發光裝置,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表3。 The silver substrate and the light-emitting device were produced without using a surface treatment agent, and evaluated in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 3.
不使用包含層狀矽酸化合物之表面處理劑來製作銀基板及發光裝置,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表3。 The silver substrate and the light-emitting device were produced without using a surface treatment agent containing a layered tannic acid compound, and evaluated in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 3.
除了將第2矽酸化合物的膜厚設成8nm以外,與實施例 B5同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表3。 Except that the film thickness of the second bismuth compound was set to 8 nm, and examples B5 was produced in the same manner to prepare a surface treatment agent, and evaluated in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 3.
不使用包含第2矽酸化合物之表面處理劑來製作銀基板及發光裝置,使用平均長邊長度1000nm的蒙脫石(Kunimine工業股份有限公司製造,商品名:Kunipia F),在此蒙脫石1g中添加蒸餾水使總重量為100g,除此以外與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表3。 A silver substrate and a light-emitting device were produced without using a surface treatment agent containing a second phthalic acid compound, and montmorillonite (manufactured by Kunimine Industries, Ltd., trade name: Kunipia F) having an average long side length of 1000 nm was used, and the montmorillonite was used here. The evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example B1 except that distilled water was added to 1 g to make the total weight 100 g. The results are shown in Table 3.
作為第2矽酸化合物,是在信越化學公司製造的底塗劑(商品名:R-3)3g中添加乙酸乙酯97g,使總重量為100g來製備,除此以外與實施例B1同樣地進行來製作表面處理劑,與實施例B1同樣地進行評價。將結果顯示於表3。 In the same manner as in Example B1, the second phthalic acid compound was prepared by adding 97 g of ethyl acetate to 3 g of a primer (trade name: R-3) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. to make a total weight of 100 g. The surface treatment agent was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example B1. The results are shown in Table 3.
層狀矽酸化合物是用超音波分散機來粉碎,把平均長邊長度調整成既定的大小而使用。 The layered tannic acid compound is pulverized by an ultrasonic disperser, and the average long side length is adjusted to a predetermined size.
以表4中記載的層狀矽酸化合物成為5質量%,水成為95質量%的方式來秤量、混合,使用自轉公轉攪拌機(THINKY股份有限公司製造,商品名:ARE-310)以2000rpm進行混合10分鐘,以2200rpm進行脫泡10分鐘。 Weighed and mixed so that the layered phthalic acid compound of the following Table 5 was 5% by mass, and the water was 95% by mass, and the mixture was mixed at 2000 rpm using a rotary revolution mixer (manufactured by THINKY Co., Ltd., trade name: ARE-310). After 10 minutes, defoaming was carried out at 2,200 rpm for 10 minutes.
在附有易接着層之PET薄膜(東洋紡公司製造,商 品名:A4300-125)上,使用濕厚度100μm的刮棒塗布機,將在上述所獲得的層狀矽酸化合物5質量%的表面處理劑塗布後,於22℃靜置12小時去除溶劑,獲得在表面具備層狀矽酸化合物膜的PET薄膜。依據JIS K7126-1(GC法)來測定在表面具備層狀矽酸化合物膜的PET薄膜之氧氣穿透率。將結果顯示於表4。 In a PET film (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., trade name: A4300-125) with an easy-adhesion layer, a layered tantalum compound obtained in the above manner was used in an amount of 5 mass% using a bar coater having a wet thickness of 100 μm . After the surface treatment agent was applied, the solvent was allowed to stand at 22 ° C for 12 hours to remove the solvent, thereby obtaining a PET film having a layered tantalum compound film on its surface. The oxygen permeability of the PET film having the layered tantalum compound film on the surface was measured in accordance with JIS K7126-1 (GC method). The results are shown in Table 4.
將表5中記載的第2矽酸化合物3g塗布於附銅電極之基板上,於150℃乾燥3小時,作為體積電阻率測定試驗片。依據JIS C2139測定體積電阻率。將結果顯示於表5。 3 g of the second bismuth acid compound described in Table 5 was applied onto a substrate with a copper electrode, and dried at 150 ° C for 3 hours to measure a test piece as a volume resistivity. The volume resistivity was measured in accordance with JIS C2139. The results are shown in Table 5.
如表2及表3所示,可知在實施例B1~B17中,能獲得銀基板之硫化氫氣體耐受性、發光二極體之硫化氫氣體耐受性。又,可知在使用了發光二極體的發光裝置上能獲得適宜的黏著性。而且,可知能獲得良好的絕緣可靠度。 As shown in Table 2 and Table 3, it was found that in Examples B1 to B17, the hydrogen sulfide gas resistance of the silver substrate and the hydrogen sulfide gas resistance of the light-emitting diode were obtained. Further, it is understood that an appropriate adhesion can be obtained in a light-emitting device using a light-emitting diode. Moreover, it is known that good insulation reliability can be obtained.
1‧‧‧光半導體裝置 1‧‧‧Optical semiconductor device
10‧‧‧基板 10‧‧‧Substrate
10a‧‧‧表面 10a‧‧‧ surface
12‧‧‧基體 12‧‧‧ base
14‧‧‧鍍銅板 14‧‧‧copper plate
16‧‧‧鍍銀層 16‧‧‧Silver plating
20‧‧‧反射器(光反射部) 20‧‧‧Reflector (light reflection part)
20a‧‧‧光反射面 20a‧‧‧Light reflecting surface
20b‧‧‧頂面 20b‧‧‧ top surface
20c‧‧‧外周面 20c‧‧‧ outer perimeter
22‧‧‧內側空間 22‧‧‧ inside space
30‧‧‧藍光二極體 30‧‧‧Blu-ray diode
32‧‧‧晶粒接合材 32‧‧‧Grain joints
34‧‧‧接合引線 34‧‧‧bonding leads
40‧‧‧透明密封部 40‧‧‧Transparent seal
42‧‧‧螢光體 42‧‧‧Fluorite
50‧‧‧氣體阻隔層 50‧‧‧ gas barrier
60‧‧‧底塗層 60‧‧‧Undercoat
60a‧‧‧底塗層反射面部 60a‧‧‧Undercoat reflective face
70‧‧‧抗銀硫化膜 70‧‧‧Anti-silver vulcanized film
U‧‧‧暴露部 U‧‧‧Exposed Department
Claims (10)
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2013256503A JP6269007B2 (en) | 2013-12-11 | 2013-12-11 | Optical semiconductor device |
| JP2014086618A JP2015207634A (en) | 2014-04-18 | 2014-04-18 | Light emitting device |
| JP2014086616A JP6269284B2 (en) | 2014-04-18 | 2014-04-18 | Silver surface treatment agent and light emitting device |
| JP2014106329A JP6308020B2 (en) | 2014-05-22 | 2014-05-22 | Optical semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW201535773A TW201535773A (en) | 2015-09-16 |
| TWI552375B true TWI552375B (en) | 2016-10-01 |
Family
ID=53371269
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW103143340A TWI552375B (en) | 2013-12-11 | 2014-12-11 | An optical semiconductor device and a method for manufacturing the same, and a silver surface treatment agent and a light emitting device |
Country Status (4)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| KR (1) | KR20160097332A (en) |
| CN (1) | CN105814701B (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI552375B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2015087970A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN107180903A (en) * | 2017-04-21 | 2017-09-19 | 深圳市洲明科技股份有限公司 | A kind of CHIP LED products and preparation method |
| CN110190157A (en) * | 2018-12-11 | 2019-08-30 | 深圳市长方集团股份有限公司 | A LED anti-sulfurization packaging process with anti-sulfurization liquid |
| CN110190165A (en) * | 2018-12-11 | 2019-08-30 | 深圳市长方集团股份有限公司 | A LED anti-vulcanization packaging process with anti-vulcanization liquid and release agent |
| CN110190166A (en) * | 2018-12-11 | 2019-08-30 | 深圳市长方集团股份有限公司 | A LED anti-vulcanization packaging process with a release agent |
Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20090189510A1 (en) * | 2008-01-22 | 2009-07-30 | Jsr Corporation | Metal-coating material, method for protecting metal, and light emitting device |
| TW201341591A (en) * | 2012-01-16 | 2013-10-16 | 日立化成股份有限公司 | Silver surface treatment agent and illuminating device |
Family Cites Families (11)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH10158572A (en) | 1996-11-28 | 1998-06-16 | Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc | Composition for silver-coated paint |
| JP4181888B2 (en) | 2003-02-04 | 2008-11-19 | 四国化成工業株式会社 | Anticorrosive treatment for silver and silver alloys |
| JP2004339450A (en) * | 2003-05-19 | 2004-12-02 | Kanegafuchi Chem Ind Co Ltd | Primer composition and light emitting diode using the primer composition |
| JP5219059B2 (en) * | 2004-08-10 | 2013-06-26 | 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 | Protective film composed of clay alignment film |
| EP1914811B2 (en) | 2005-08-04 | 2016-01-13 | Nichia Corporation | Light-emitting device, method for manufacturing same, molded body and sealing member |
| JP2010004035A (en) * | 2008-05-22 | 2010-01-07 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Semiconductor light-emitting apparatus, illuminator, and image display apparatus |
| JP5289835B2 (en) * | 2008-06-25 | 2013-09-11 | シャープ株式会社 | Light emitting device and manufacturing method thereof |
| JP5195084B2 (en) * | 2008-06-30 | 2013-05-08 | Jsr株式会社 | COATING MATERIAL FOR METAL SURFACE, LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, AND METAL SURFACE PROTECTION METHOD |
| JP4801787B1 (en) * | 2010-08-24 | 2011-10-26 | アイカ工業株式会社 | Primer composition and sealing structure |
| JP6144001B2 (en) * | 2011-06-02 | 2017-06-07 | 日立化成株式会社 | Silver and silver alloy surface treatment agent, substrate with light reflecting film, and light emitting device |
| JP5690871B2 (en) * | 2013-06-05 | 2015-03-25 | シャープ株式会社 | Light emitting device and manufacturing method thereof |
-
2014
- 2014-12-11 KR KR1020167018624A patent/KR20160097332A/en not_active Ceased
- 2014-12-11 WO PCT/JP2014/082838 patent/WO2015087970A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2014-12-11 CN CN201480066824.7A patent/CN105814701B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2014-12-11 TW TW103143340A patent/TWI552375B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
Patent Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20090189510A1 (en) * | 2008-01-22 | 2009-07-30 | Jsr Corporation | Metal-coating material, method for protecting metal, and light emitting device |
| TW201341591A (en) * | 2012-01-16 | 2013-10-16 | 日立化成股份有限公司 | Silver surface treatment agent and illuminating device |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| TW201535773A (en) | 2015-09-16 |
| WO2015087970A1 (en) | 2015-06-18 |
| CN105814701B (en) | 2019-03-12 |
| CN105814701A (en) | 2016-07-27 |
| KR20160097332A (en) | 2016-08-17 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TWI641726B (en) | Silver surface treatment agent and illuminating device | |
| TWI334660B (en) | Surface mount type light emitting diode package device and light emitting element package device | |
| TWI599078B (en) | Wafer-level package light-emitting device with moisture barrier structure | |
| TW201312807A (en) | Light emitter component package and component and method and related method for improving chemical resistance | |
| TWI552375B (en) | An optical semiconductor device and a method for manufacturing the same, and a silver surface treatment agent and a light emitting device | |
| CN110491982A (en) | LED light emitting source, the manufacturing method of LED light emitting source and its straight-down negative display | |
| JP2009231510A (en) | Lighting system | |
| JP2011204986A (en) | Lamp and method for manufacturing the same | |
| JP5719613B2 (en) | Optical device, light emitting device, and method of manufacturing functionally gradient material | |
| CN102959745B (en) | LED matrix and manufacture method thereof | |
| US20150175811A1 (en) | Silver-sulfidation-preventing material and method for forming silver-sulfidation-preventing film, and method for producing light-emitting device and light-emitting device | |
| TW201414016A (en) | Illuminating device | |
| TWI597865B (en) | Optical semiconductor device | |
| TW201412940A (en) | Phosphor material and illuminating device | |
| JP6269284B2 (en) | Silver surface treatment agent and light emitting device | |
| JP6203479B2 (en) | OPTICAL SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF, SUBSTRATE USED FOR MANUFACTURING | |
| JP2015207634A (en) | Light emitting device | |
| JP5939045B2 (en) | Silver sulfide prevention material, method of forming silver sulfide prevention film, and method of manufacturing light emitting device | |
| JP5949184B2 (en) | Manufacturing method of optical semiconductor device | |
| CN207368012U (en) | Light source and the device containing light source | |
| JP2015233081A (en) | Optical semiconductor device manufacturing method and optical semiconductor device | |
| JP6269007B2 (en) | Optical semiconductor device | |
| JP6007637B2 (en) | OPTICAL SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF, SUBSTRATE USED FOR MANUFACTURING | |
| JP5939044B2 (en) | Silver sulfide prevention material, silver sulfide prevention film forming method, light emitting device manufacturing method, and light emitting device | |
| CN115966636A (en) | LED packaging method |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| MM4A | Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees |